1 //===- AttributorAttributes.cpp - Attributes for Attributor deduction -----===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // See the Attributor.h file comment and the class descriptions in that file for 10 // more information. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "llvm/Transforms/IPO/Attributor.h" 15 16 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 17 #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h" 18 #include "llvm/ADT/SCCIterator.h" 19 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 20 #include "llvm/ADT/SetOperations.h" 21 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 22 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" 24 #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" 25 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumeBundleQueries.h" 26 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" 27 #include "llvm/Analysis/CaptureTracking.h" 28 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" 29 #include "llvm/Analysis/LazyValueInfo.h" 30 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" 31 #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h" 32 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h" 33 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h" 34 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" 35 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h" 36 #include "llvm/IR/Assumptions.h" 37 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h" 38 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 39 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h" 40 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h" 41 #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h" 42 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h" 43 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h" 44 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" 45 #include "llvm/IR/NoFolder.h" 46 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h" 47 #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h" 48 #include "llvm/Support/Alignment.h" 49 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" 50 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" 51 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 52 #include "llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h" 53 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 54 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 55 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" 56 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.h" 57 #include <cassert> 58 59 using namespace llvm; 60 61 #define DEBUG_TYPE "attributor" 62 63 static cl::opt<bool> ManifestInternal( 64 "attributor-manifest-internal", cl::Hidden, 65 cl::desc("Manifest Attributor internal string attributes."), 66 cl::init(false)); 67 68 static cl::opt<int> MaxHeapToStackSize("max-heap-to-stack-size", cl::init(128), 69 cl::Hidden); 70 71 template <> 72 unsigned llvm::PotentialConstantIntValuesState::MaxPotentialValues = 0; 73 74 static cl::opt<unsigned, true> MaxPotentialValues( 75 "attributor-max-potential-values", cl::Hidden, 76 cl::desc("Maximum number of potential values to be " 77 "tracked for each position."), 78 cl::location(llvm::PotentialConstantIntValuesState::MaxPotentialValues), 79 cl::init(7)); 80 81 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxInterferingAccesses( 82 "attributor-max-interfering-accesses", cl::Hidden, 83 cl::desc("Maximum number of interfering accesses to " 84 "check before assuming all might interfere."), 85 cl::init(6)); 86 87 STATISTIC(NumAAs, "Number of abstract attributes created"); 88 89 // Some helper macros to deal with statistics tracking. 90 // 91 // Usage: 92 // For simple IR attribute tracking overload trackStatistics in the abstract 93 // attribute and choose the right STATS_DECLTRACK_********* macro, 94 // e.g.,: 95 // void trackStatistics() const override { 96 // STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(returned) 97 // } 98 // If there is a single "increment" side one can use the macro 99 // STATS_DECLTRACK with a custom message. If there are multiple increment 100 // sides, STATS_DECL and STATS_TRACK can also be used separately. 101 // 102 #define BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(TYPE, NAME) \ 103 ("Number of " #TYPE " marked '" #NAME "'") 104 #define BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE) NumIR##TYPE##_##NAME 105 #define STATS_DECL_(NAME, MSG) STATISTIC(NAME, MSG); 106 #define STATS_DECL(NAME, TYPE, MSG) \ 107 STATS_DECL_(BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE), MSG); 108 #define STATS_TRACK(NAME, TYPE) ++(BUILD_STAT_NAME(NAME, TYPE)); 109 #define STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, TYPE, MSG) \ 110 { \ 111 STATS_DECL(NAME, TYPE, MSG) \ 112 STATS_TRACK(NAME, TYPE) \ 113 } 114 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(NAME) \ 115 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Arguments, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(arguments, NAME)) 116 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(NAME) \ 117 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CSArguments, \ 118 BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site arguments, NAME)) 119 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(NAME) \ 120 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Function, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(functions, NAME)) 121 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(NAME) \ 122 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CS, BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site, NAME)) 123 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(NAME) \ 124 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, FunctionReturn, \ 125 BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(function returns, NAME)) 126 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(NAME) \ 127 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, CSReturn, \ 128 BUILD_STAT_MSG_IR_ATTR(call site returns, NAME)) 129 #define STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(NAME) \ 130 STATS_DECLTRACK(NAME, Floating, \ 131 ("Number of floating values known to be '" #NAME "'")) 132 133 // Specialization of the operator<< for abstract attributes subclasses. This 134 // disambiguates situations where multiple operators are applicable. 135 namespace llvm { 136 #define PIPE_OPERATOR(CLASS) \ 137 raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const CLASS &AA) { \ 138 return OS << static_cast<const AbstractAttribute &>(AA); \ 139 } 140 141 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAIsDead) 142 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoUnwind) 143 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoSync) 144 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoRecurse) 145 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAWillReturn) 146 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoReturn) 147 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAReturnedValues) 148 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANonNull) 149 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoAlias) 150 PIPE_OPERATOR(AADereferenceable) 151 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAlign) 152 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAInstanceInfo) 153 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoCapture) 154 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAValueSimplify) 155 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoFree) 156 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAHeapToStack) 157 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAReachability) 158 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMemoryBehavior) 159 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAMemoryLocation) 160 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAValueConstantRange) 161 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPrivatizablePtr) 162 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAUndefinedBehavior) 163 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPotentialConstantValues) 164 PIPE_OPERATOR(AANoUndef) 165 PIPE_OPERATOR(AACallEdges) 166 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAFunctionReachability) 167 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAPointerInfo) 168 PIPE_OPERATOR(AAAssumptionInfo) 169 170 #undef PIPE_OPERATOR 171 172 template <> 173 ChangeStatus clampStateAndIndicateChange<DerefState>(DerefState &S, 174 const DerefState &R) { 175 ChangeStatus CS0 = 176 clampStateAndIndicateChange(S.DerefBytesState, R.DerefBytesState); 177 ChangeStatus CS1 = clampStateAndIndicateChange(S.GlobalState, R.GlobalState); 178 return CS0 | CS1; 179 } 180 181 } // namespace llvm 182 183 /// Checks if a type could have padding bytes. 184 static bool isDenselyPacked(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) { 185 // There is no size information, so be conservative. 186 if (!Ty->isSized()) 187 return false; 188 189 // If the alloc size is not equal to the storage size, then there are padding 190 // bytes. For x86_fp80 on x86-64, size: 80 alloc size: 128. 191 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) != DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(Ty)) 192 return false; 193 194 // FIXME: This isn't the right way to check for padding in vectors with 195 // non-byte-size elements. 196 if (VectorType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) 197 return isDenselyPacked(SeqTy->getElementType(), DL); 198 199 // For array types, check for padding within members. 200 if (ArrayType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) 201 return isDenselyPacked(SeqTy->getElementType(), DL); 202 203 if (!isa<StructType>(Ty)) 204 return true; 205 206 // Check for padding within and between elements of a struct. 207 StructType *StructTy = cast<StructType>(Ty); 208 const StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StructTy); 209 uint64_t StartPos = 0; 210 for (unsigned I = 0, E = StructTy->getNumElements(); I < E; ++I) { 211 Type *ElTy = StructTy->getElementType(I); 212 if (!isDenselyPacked(ElTy, DL)) 213 return false; 214 if (StartPos != Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(I)) 215 return false; 216 StartPos += DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ElTy); 217 } 218 219 return true; 220 } 221 222 /// Get pointer operand of memory accessing instruction. If \p I is 223 /// not a memory accessing instruction, return nullptr. If \p AllowVolatile, 224 /// is set to false and the instruction is volatile, return nullptr. 225 static const Value *getPointerOperand(const Instruction *I, 226 bool AllowVolatile) { 227 if (!AllowVolatile && I->isVolatile()) 228 return nullptr; 229 230 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 231 return LI->getPointerOperand(); 232 } 233 234 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { 235 return SI->getPointerOperand(); 236 } 237 238 if (auto *CXI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) { 239 return CXI->getPointerOperand(); 240 } 241 242 if (auto *RMWI = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) { 243 return RMWI->getPointerOperand(); 244 } 245 246 return nullptr; 247 } 248 249 /// Helper function to create a pointer of type \p ResTy, based on \p Ptr, and 250 /// advanced by \p Offset bytes. To aid later analysis the method tries to build 251 /// getelement pointer instructions that traverse the natural type of \p Ptr if 252 /// possible. If that fails, the remaining offset is adjusted byte-wise, hence 253 /// through a cast to i8*. 254 /// 255 /// TODO: This could probably live somewhere more prominantly if it doesn't 256 /// already exist. 257 static Value *constructPointer(Type *ResTy, Type *PtrElemTy, Value *Ptr, 258 int64_t Offset, IRBuilder<NoFolder> &IRB, 259 const DataLayout &DL) { 260 assert(Offset >= 0 && "Negative offset not supported yet!"); 261 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Construct pointer: " << *Ptr << " + " << Offset 262 << "-bytes as " << *ResTy << "\n"); 263 264 if (Offset) { 265 Type *Ty = PtrElemTy; 266 APInt IntOffset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), Offset); 267 SmallVector<APInt> IntIndices = DL.getGEPIndicesForOffset(Ty, IntOffset); 268 269 SmallVector<Value *, 4> ValIndices; 270 std::string GEPName = Ptr->getName().str(); 271 for (const APInt &Index : IntIndices) { 272 ValIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt(Index)); 273 GEPName += "." + std::to_string(Index.getZExtValue()); 274 } 275 276 // Create a GEP for the indices collected above. 277 Ptr = IRB.CreateGEP(PtrElemTy, Ptr, ValIndices, GEPName); 278 279 // If an offset is left we use byte-wise adjustment. 280 if (IntOffset != 0) { 281 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy()); 282 Ptr = IRB.CreateGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Ptr, IRB.getInt(IntOffset), 283 GEPName + ".b" + Twine(IntOffset.getZExtValue())); 284 } 285 } 286 287 // Ensure the result has the requested type. 288 Ptr = IRB.CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(Ptr, ResTy, 289 Ptr->getName() + ".cast"); 290 291 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Constructed pointer: " << *Ptr << "\n"); 292 return Ptr; 293 } 294 295 /// Recursively visit all values that might become \p IRP at some point. This 296 /// will be done by looking through cast instructions, selects, phis, and calls 297 /// with the "returned" attribute. Once we cannot look through the value any 298 /// further, the callback \p VisitValueCB is invoked and passed the current 299 /// value, the \p State, and a flag to indicate if we stripped anything. 300 /// Stripped means that we unpacked the value associated with \p IRP at least 301 /// once. Note that the value used for the callback may still be the value 302 /// associated with \p IRP (due to PHIs). To limit how much effort is invested, 303 /// we will never visit more values than specified by \p MaxValues. 304 /// If \p VS does not contain the Interprocedural bit, only values valid in the 305 /// scope of \p CtxI will be visited and simplification into other scopes is 306 /// prevented. 307 template <typename StateTy> 308 static bool genericValueTraversal( 309 Attributor &A, IRPosition IRP, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 310 StateTy &State, 311 function_ref<bool(Value &, const Instruction *, StateTy &, bool)> 312 VisitValueCB, 313 const Instruction *CtxI, bool &UsedAssumedInformation, 314 bool UseValueSimplify = true, int MaxValues = 16, 315 function_ref<Value *(Value *)> StripCB = nullptr, 316 AA::ValueScope VS = AA::Interprocedural) { 317 318 struct LivenessInfo { 319 const AAIsDead *LivenessAA = nullptr; 320 bool AnyDead = false; 321 }; 322 SmallMapVector<const Function *, LivenessInfo, 4> LivenessAAs; 323 auto GetLivenessInfo = [&](const Function &F) -> LivenessInfo & { 324 LivenessInfo &LI = LivenessAAs[&F]; 325 if (!LI.LivenessAA) 326 LI.LivenessAA = &A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(QueryingAA, IRPosition::function(F), 327 DepClassTy::NONE); 328 return LI; 329 }; 330 331 Value *InitialV = &IRP.getAssociatedValue(); 332 using Item = std::pair<Value *, const Instruction *>; 333 SmallSet<Item, 16> Visited; 334 SmallVector<Item, 16> Worklist; 335 Worklist.push_back({InitialV, CtxI}); 336 337 int Iteration = 0; 338 do { 339 Item I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 340 Value *V = I.first; 341 CtxI = I.second; 342 if (StripCB) 343 V = StripCB(V); 344 345 // Check if we should process the current value. To prevent endless 346 // recursion keep a record of the values we followed! 347 if (!Visited.insert(I).second) 348 continue; 349 350 // Make sure we limit the compile time for complex expressions. 351 if (Iteration++ >= MaxValues) { 352 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Generic value traversal reached iteration limit: " 353 << Iteration << "!\n"); 354 return false; 355 } 356 357 // Explicitly look through calls with a "returned" attribute if we do 358 // not have a pointer as stripPointerCasts only works on them. 359 Value *NewV = nullptr; 360 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 361 NewV = V->stripPointerCasts(); 362 } else { 363 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(V); 364 if (CB && CB->getCalledFunction()) { 365 for (Argument &Arg : CB->getCalledFunction()->args()) 366 if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) { 367 NewV = CB->getArgOperand(Arg.getArgNo()); 368 break; 369 } 370 } 371 } 372 if (NewV && NewV != V) { 373 Worklist.push_back({NewV, CtxI}); 374 continue; 375 } 376 377 // Look through select instructions, visit assumed potential values. 378 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) { 379 Optional<Constant *> C = A.getAssumedConstant( 380 *SI->getCondition(), QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 381 bool NoValueYet = !C; 382 if (NoValueYet || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(*C)) 383 continue; 384 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(*C)) { 385 if (CI->isZero()) 386 Worklist.push_back({SI->getFalseValue(), CtxI}); 387 else 388 Worklist.push_back({SI->getTrueValue(), CtxI}); 389 continue; 390 } 391 // We could not simplify the condition, assume both values.( 392 Worklist.push_back({SI->getTrueValue(), CtxI}); 393 Worklist.push_back({SI->getFalseValue(), CtxI}); 394 continue; 395 } 396 397 // Look through phi nodes, visit all live operands. 398 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { 399 LivenessInfo &LI = GetLivenessInfo(*PHI->getFunction()); 400 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; u++) { 401 BasicBlock *IncomingBB = PHI->getIncomingBlock(u); 402 if (LI.LivenessAA->isEdgeDead(IncomingBB, PHI->getParent())) { 403 LI.AnyDead = true; 404 UsedAssumedInformation |= !LI.LivenessAA->isAtFixpoint(); 405 continue; 406 } 407 Worklist.push_back( 408 {PHI->getIncomingValue(u), IncomingBB->getTerminator()}); 409 } 410 continue; 411 } 412 413 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(V)) { 414 if ((VS & AA::Interprocedural) && !Arg->hasPassPointeeByValueCopyAttr()) { 415 SmallVector<Item> CallSiteValues; 416 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 417 if (A.checkForAllCallSites( 418 [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 419 // Callbacks might not have a corresponding call site operand, 420 // stick with the argument in that case. 421 Value *CSOp = ACS.getCallArgOperand(*Arg); 422 if (!CSOp) 423 return false; 424 CallSiteValues.push_back({CSOp, ACS.getInstruction()}); 425 return true; 426 }, 427 *Arg->getParent(), true, &QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation)) { 428 Worklist.append(CallSiteValues); 429 continue; 430 } 431 } 432 } 433 434 if (UseValueSimplify && !isa<Constant>(V)) { 435 Optional<Value *> SimpleV = 436 A.getAssumedSimplified(*V, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 437 if (!SimpleV) 438 continue; 439 Value *NewV = SimpleV.getValue(); 440 if (NewV && NewV != V) { 441 if ((VS & AA::Interprocedural) || !CtxI || 442 AA::isValidInScope(*NewV, CtxI->getFunction())) { 443 Worklist.push_back({NewV, CtxI}); 444 continue; 445 } 446 } 447 } 448 449 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V)) { 450 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 451 // If we ask for the potentially loaded values from the initial pointer we 452 // will simply end up here again. The load is as far as we can make it. 453 if (LI->getPointerOperand() != InitialV) { 454 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies; 455 SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 4> PotentialValueOrigins; 456 if (AA::getPotentiallyLoadedValues(A, *LI, PotentialCopies, 457 PotentialValueOrigins, QueryingAA, 458 UsedAssumedInformation, 459 /* OnlyExact */ true)) { 460 // Values have to be dynamically unique or we loose the fact that a 461 // single llvm::Value might represent two runtime values (e.g., stack 462 // locations in different recursive calls). 463 bool DynamicallyUnique = 464 llvm::all_of(PotentialCopies, [&A, &QueryingAA](Value *PC) { 465 return AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, QueryingAA, *PC); 466 }); 467 if (DynamicallyUnique && 468 ((VS & AA::Interprocedural) || !CtxI || 469 llvm::all_of(PotentialCopies, [CtxI](Value *PC) { 470 return AA::isValidInScope(*PC, CtxI->getFunction()); 471 }))) { 472 for (auto *PotentialCopy : PotentialCopies) 473 Worklist.push_back({PotentialCopy, CtxI}); 474 continue; 475 } 476 } 477 } 478 } 479 480 // Once a leaf is reached we inform the user through the callback. 481 if (!VisitValueCB(*V, CtxI, State, Iteration > 1)) { 482 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Generic value traversal visit callback failed for: " 483 << *V << "!\n"); 484 return false; 485 } 486 } while (!Worklist.empty()); 487 488 // If we actually used liveness information so we have to record a dependence. 489 for (auto &It : LivenessAAs) 490 if (It.second.AnyDead) 491 A.recordDependence(*It.second.LivenessAA, QueryingAA, 492 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 493 494 // All values have been visited. 495 return true; 496 } 497 498 bool AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(Attributor &A, const Value &Ptr, 499 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, 500 const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 501 const Instruction *CtxI, 502 bool &UsedAssumedInformation, 503 AA::ValueScope VS) { 504 auto StripCB = [&](Value *V) { return getUnderlyingObject(V); }; 505 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> SeenObjects; 506 auto VisitValueCB = [&SeenObjects](Value &Val, const Instruction *, 507 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Objects, 508 bool) -> bool { 509 if (SeenObjects.insert(&Val).second) 510 Objects.push_back(&Val); 511 return true; 512 }; 513 if (!genericValueTraversal<decltype(Objects)>( 514 A, IRPosition::value(Ptr), QueryingAA, Objects, VisitValueCB, CtxI, 515 UsedAssumedInformation, true, 32, StripCB, VS)) 516 return false; 517 return true; 518 } 519 520 static const Value * 521 stripAndAccumulateOffsets(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 522 const Value *Val, const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset, 523 bool GetMinOffset, bool AllowNonInbounds, 524 bool UseAssumed = false) { 525 526 auto AttributorAnalysis = [&](Value &V, APInt &ROffset) -> bool { 527 const IRPosition &Pos = IRPosition::value(V); 528 // Only track dependence if we are going to use the assumed info. 529 const AAValueConstantRange &ValueConstantRangeAA = 530 A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>(QueryingAA, Pos, 531 UseAssumed ? DepClassTy::OPTIONAL 532 : DepClassTy::NONE); 533 ConstantRange Range = UseAssumed ? ValueConstantRangeAA.getAssumed() 534 : ValueConstantRangeAA.getKnown(); 535 if (Range.isFullSet()) 536 return false; 537 538 // We can only use the lower part of the range because the upper part can 539 // be higher than what the value can really be. 540 if (GetMinOffset) 541 ROffset = Range.getSignedMin(); 542 else 543 ROffset = Range.getSignedMax(); 544 return true; 545 }; 546 547 return Val->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets(DL, Offset, AllowNonInbounds, 548 /* AllowInvariant */ true, 549 AttributorAnalysis); 550 } 551 552 static const Value * 553 getMinimalBaseOfPointer(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 554 const Value *Ptr, int64_t &BytesOffset, 555 const DataLayout &DL, bool AllowNonInbounds = false) { 556 APInt OffsetAPInt(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ptr->getType()), 0); 557 const Value *Base = 558 stripAndAccumulateOffsets(A, QueryingAA, Ptr, DL, OffsetAPInt, 559 /* GetMinOffset */ true, AllowNonInbounds); 560 561 BytesOffset = OffsetAPInt.getSExtValue(); 562 return Base; 563 } 564 565 /// Clamp the information known for all returned values of a function 566 /// (identified by \p QueryingAA) into \p S. 567 template <typename AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 568 static void clampReturnedValueStates( 569 Attributor &A, const AAType &QueryingAA, StateType &S, 570 const IRPosition::CallBaseContext *CBContext = nullptr) { 571 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Clamp return value states for " 572 << QueryingAA << " into " << S << "\n"); 573 574 assert((QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 575 IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED || 576 QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 577 IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED) && 578 "Can only clamp returned value states for a function returned or call " 579 "site returned position!"); 580 581 // Use an optional state as there might not be any return values and we want 582 // to join (IntegerState::operator&) the state of all there are. 583 Optional<StateType> T; 584 585 // Callback for each possibly returned value. 586 auto CheckReturnValue = [&](Value &RV) -> bool { 587 const IRPosition &RVPos = IRPosition::value(RV, CBContext); 588 const AAType &AA = 589 A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 590 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] RV: " << RV << " AA: " << AA.getAsStr() 591 << " @ " << RVPos << "\n"); 592 const StateType &AAS = AA.getState(); 593 if (!T) 594 T = StateType::getBestState(AAS); 595 *T &= AAS; 596 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] AA State: " << AAS << " RV State: " << T 597 << "\n"); 598 return T->isValidState(); 599 }; 600 601 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(CheckReturnValue, QueryingAA)) 602 S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 603 else if (T) 604 S ^= *T; 605 } 606 607 namespace { 608 /// Helper class for generic deduction: return value -> returned position. 609 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 610 typename StateType = typename BaseType::StateType, 611 bool PropagateCallBaseContext = false> 612 struct AAReturnedFromReturnedValues : public BaseType { 613 AAReturnedFromReturnedValues(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 614 : BaseType(IRP, A) {} 615 616 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 617 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 618 StateType S(StateType::getBestState(this->getState())); 619 clampReturnedValueStates<AAType, StateType>( 620 A, *this, S, 621 PropagateCallBaseContext ? this->getCallBaseContext() : nullptr); 622 // TODO: If we know we visited all returned values, thus no are assumed 623 // dead, we can take the known information from the state T. 624 return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S); 625 } 626 }; 627 628 /// Clamp the information known at all call sites for a given argument 629 /// (identified by \p QueryingAA) into \p S. 630 template <typename AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 631 static void clampCallSiteArgumentStates(Attributor &A, const AAType &QueryingAA, 632 StateType &S) { 633 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Clamp call site argument states for " 634 << QueryingAA << " into " << S << "\n"); 635 636 assert(QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 637 IRPosition::IRP_ARGUMENT && 638 "Can only clamp call site argument states for an argument position!"); 639 640 // Use an optional state as there might not be any return values and we want 641 // to join (IntegerState::operator&) the state of all there are. 642 Optional<StateType> T; 643 644 // The argument number which is also the call site argument number. 645 unsigned ArgNo = QueryingAA.getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo(); 646 647 auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 648 const IRPosition &ACSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo); 649 // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is on not associated 650 // (which can happen for callback calls). 651 if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID) 652 return false; 653 654 const AAType &AA = 655 A.getAAFor<AAType>(QueryingAA, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 656 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] ACS: " << *ACS.getInstruction() 657 << " AA: " << AA.getAsStr() << " @" << ACSArgPos << "\n"); 658 const StateType &AAS = AA.getState(); 659 if (!T) 660 T = StateType::getBestState(AAS); 661 *T &= AAS; 662 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] AA State: " << AAS << " CSA State: " << T 663 << "\n"); 664 return T->isValidState(); 665 }; 666 667 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 668 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, QueryingAA, true, 669 UsedAssumedInformation)) 670 S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 671 else if (T) 672 S ^= *T; 673 } 674 675 /// This function is the bridge between argument position and the call base 676 /// context. 677 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 678 typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 679 bool getArgumentStateFromCallBaseContext(Attributor &A, 680 BaseType &QueryingAttribute, 681 IRPosition &Pos, StateType &State) { 682 assert((Pos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_ARGUMENT) && 683 "Expected an 'argument' position !"); 684 const CallBase *CBContext = Pos.getCallBaseContext(); 685 if (!CBContext) 686 return false; 687 688 int ArgNo = Pos.getCallSiteArgNo(); 689 assert(ArgNo >= 0 && "Invalid Arg No!"); 690 691 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAType>( 692 QueryingAttribute, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CBContext, ArgNo), 693 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 694 const StateType &CBArgumentState = 695 static_cast<const StateType &>(AA.getState()); 696 697 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Briding Call site context to argument" 698 << "Position:" << Pos << "CB Arg state:" << CBArgumentState 699 << "\n"); 700 701 // NOTE: If we want to do call site grouping it should happen here. 702 State ^= CBArgumentState; 703 return true; 704 } 705 706 /// Helper class for generic deduction: call site argument -> argument position. 707 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 708 typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType, 709 bool BridgeCallBaseContext = false> 710 struct AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments : public BaseType { 711 AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 712 : BaseType(IRP, A) {} 713 714 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 715 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 716 StateType S = StateType::getBestState(this->getState()); 717 718 if (BridgeCallBaseContext) { 719 bool Success = 720 getArgumentStateFromCallBaseContext<AAType, BaseType, StateType>( 721 A, *this, this->getIRPosition(), S); 722 if (Success) 723 return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S); 724 } 725 clampCallSiteArgumentStates<AAType, StateType>(A, *this, S); 726 727 // TODO: If we know we visited all incoming values, thus no are assumed 728 // dead, we can take the known information from the state T. 729 return clampStateAndIndicateChange<StateType>(this->getState(), S); 730 } 731 }; 732 733 /// Helper class for generic replication: function returned -> cs returned. 734 template <typename AAType, typename BaseType, 735 typename StateType = typename BaseType::StateType, 736 bool IntroduceCallBaseContext = false> 737 struct AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned : public BaseType { 738 AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 739 : BaseType(IRP, A) {} 740 741 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 742 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 743 assert(this->getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == 744 IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED && 745 "Can only wrap function returned positions for call site returned " 746 "positions!"); 747 auto &S = this->getState(); 748 749 const Function *AssociatedFunction = 750 this->getIRPosition().getAssociatedFunction(); 751 if (!AssociatedFunction) 752 return S.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 753 754 CallBase &CBContext = cast<CallBase>(this->getAnchorValue()); 755 if (IntroduceCallBaseContext) 756 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[Attributor] Introducing call base context:" 757 << CBContext << "\n"); 758 759 IRPosition FnPos = IRPosition::returned( 760 *AssociatedFunction, IntroduceCallBaseContext ? &CBContext : nullptr); 761 const AAType &AA = A.getAAFor<AAType>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 762 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(S, AA.getState()); 763 } 764 }; 765 766 /// Helper function to accumulate uses. 767 template <class AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 768 static void followUsesInContext(AAType &AA, Attributor &A, 769 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer, 770 const Instruction *CtxI, 771 SetVector<const Use *> &Uses, 772 StateType &State) { 773 auto EIt = Explorer.begin(CtxI), EEnd = Explorer.end(CtxI); 774 for (unsigned u = 0; u < Uses.size(); ++u) { 775 const Use *U = Uses[u]; 776 if (const Instruction *UserI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U->getUser())) { 777 bool Found = Explorer.findInContextOf(UserI, EIt, EEnd); 778 if (Found && AA.followUseInMBEC(A, U, UserI, State)) 779 for (const Use &Us : UserI->uses()) 780 Uses.insert(&Us); 781 } 782 } 783 } 784 785 /// Use the must-be-executed-context around \p I to add information into \p S. 786 /// The AAType class is required to have `followUseInMBEC` method with the 787 /// following signature and behaviour: 788 /// 789 /// bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I) 790 /// U - Underlying use. 791 /// I - The user of the \p U. 792 /// Returns true if the value should be tracked transitively. 793 /// 794 template <class AAType, typename StateType = typename AAType::StateType> 795 static void followUsesInMBEC(AAType &AA, Attributor &A, StateType &S, 796 Instruction &CtxI) { 797 798 // Container for (transitive) uses of the associated value. 799 SetVector<const Use *> Uses; 800 for (const Use &U : AA.getIRPosition().getAssociatedValue().uses()) 801 Uses.insert(&U); 802 803 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer = 804 A.getInfoCache().getMustBeExecutedContextExplorer(); 805 806 followUsesInContext<AAType>(AA, A, Explorer, &CtxI, Uses, S); 807 808 if (S.isAtFixpoint()) 809 return; 810 811 SmallVector<const BranchInst *, 4> BrInsts; 812 auto Pred = [&](const Instruction *I) { 813 if (const BranchInst *Br = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(I)) 814 if (Br->isConditional()) 815 BrInsts.push_back(Br); 816 return true; 817 }; 818 819 // Here, accumulate conditional branch instructions in the context. We 820 // explore the child paths and collect the known states. The disjunction of 821 // those states can be merged to its own state. Let ParentState_i be a state 822 // to indicate the known information for an i-th branch instruction in the 823 // context. ChildStates are created for its successors respectively. 824 // 825 // ParentS_1 = ChildS_{1, 1} /\ ChildS_{1, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{1, n_1} 826 // ParentS_2 = ChildS_{2, 1} /\ ChildS_{2, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{2, n_2} 827 // ... 828 // ParentS_m = ChildS_{m, 1} /\ ChildS_{m, 2} /\ ... /\ ChildS_{m, n_m} 829 // 830 // Known State |= ParentS_1 \/ ParentS_2 \/... \/ ParentS_m 831 // 832 // FIXME: Currently, recursive branches are not handled. For example, we 833 // can't deduce that ptr must be dereferenced in below function. 834 // 835 // void f(int a, int c, int *ptr) { 836 // if(a) 837 // if (b) { 838 // *ptr = 0; 839 // } else { 840 // *ptr = 1; 841 // } 842 // else { 843 // if (b) { 844 // *ptr = 0; 845 // } else { 846 // *ptr = 1; 847 // } 848 // } 849 // } 850 851 Explorer.checkForAllContext(&CtxI, Pred); 852 for (const BranchInst *Br : BrInsts) { 853 StateType ParentState; 854 855 // The known state of the parent state is a conjunction of children's 856 // known states so it is initialized with a best state. 857 ParentState.indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 858 859 for (const BasicBlock *BB : Br->successors()) { 860 StateType ChildState; 861 862 size_t BeforeSize = Uses.size(); 863 followUsesInContext(AA, A, Explorer, &BB->front(), Uses, ChildState); 864 865 // Erase uses which only appear in the child. 866 for (auto It = Uses.begin() + BeforeSize; It != Uses.end();) 867 It = Uses.erase(It); 868 869 ParentState &= ChildState; 870 } 871 872 // Use only known state. 873 S += ParentState; 874 } 875 } 876 } // namespace 877 878 /// ------------------------ PointerInfo --------------------------------------- 879 880 namespace llvm { 881 namespace AA { 882 namespace PointerInfo { 883 884 struct State; 885 886 } // namespace PointerInfo 887 } // namespace AA 888 889 /// Helper for AA::PointerInfo::Acccess DenseMap/Set usage. 890 template <> 891 struct DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo::Access> : DenseMapInfo<Instruction *> { 892 using Access = AAPointerInfo::Access; 893 static inline Access getEmptyKey(); 894 static inline Access getTombstoneKey(); 895 static unsigned getHashValue(const Access &A); 896 static bool isEqual(const Access &LHS, const Access &RHS); 897 }; 898 899 /// Helper that allows OffsetAndSize as a key in a DenseMap. 900 template <> 901 struct DenseMapInfo<AAPointerInfo ::OffsetAndSize> 902 : DenseMapInfo<std::pair<int64_t, int64_t>> {}; 903 904 /// Helper for AA::PointerInfo::Acccess DenseMap/Set usage ignoring everythign 905 /// but the instruction 906 struct AccessAsInstructionInfo : DenseMapInfo<Instruction *> { 907 using Base = DenseMapInfo<Instruction *>; 908 using Access = AAPointerInfo::Access; 909 static inline Access getEmptyKey(); 910 static inline Access getTombstoneKey(); 911 static unsigned getHashValue(const Access &A); 912 static bool isEqual(const Access &LHS, const Access &RHS); 913 }; 914 915 } // namespace llvm 916 917 /// A type to track pointer/struct usage and accesses for AAPointerInfo. 918 struct AA::PointerInfo::State : public AbstractState { 919 920 ~State() { 921 // We do not delete the Accesses objects but need to destroy them still. 922 for (auto &It : AccessBins) 923 It.second->~Accesses(); 924 } 925 926 /// Return the best possible representable state. 927 static State getBestState(const State &SIS) { return State(); } 928 929 /// Return the worst possible representable state. 930 static State getWorstState(const State &SIS) { 931 State R; 932 R.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 933 return R; 934 } 935 936 State() = default; 937 State(State &&SIS) : AccessBins(std::move(SIS.AccessBins)) { 938 SIS.AccessBins.clear(); 939 } 940 941 const State &getAssumed() const { return *this; } 942 943 /// See AbstractState::isValidState(). 944 bool isValidState() const override { return BS.isValidState(); } 945 946 /// See AbstractState::isAtFixpoint(). 947 bool isAtFixpoint() const override { return BS.isAtFixpoint(); } 948 949 /// See AbstractState::indicateOptimisticFixpoint(). 950 ChangeStatus indicateOptimisticFixpoint() override { 951 BS.indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 952 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 953 } 954 955 /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(). 956 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 957 BS.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 958 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 959 } 960 961 State &operator=(const State &R) { 962 if (this == &R) 963 return *this; 964 BS = R.BS; 965 AccessBins = R.AccessBins; 966 return *this; 967 } 968 969 State &operator=(State &&R) { 970 if (this == &R) 971 return *this; 972 std::swap(BS, R.BS); 973 std::swap(AccessBins, R.AccessBins); 974 return *this; 975 } 976 977 bool operator==(const State &R) const { 978 if (BS != R.BS) 979 return false; 980 if (AccessBins.size() != R.AccessBins.size()) 981 return false; 982 auto It = begin(), RIt = R.begin(), E = end(); 983 while (It != E) { 984 if (It->getFirst() != RIt->getFirst()) 985 return false; 986 auto &Accs = It->getSecond(); 987 auto &RAccs = RIt->getSecond(); 988 if (Accs->size() != RAccs->size()) 989 return false; 990 for (const auto &ZipIt : llvm::zip(*Accs, *RAccs)) 991 if (std::get<0>(ZipIt) != std::get<1>(ZipIt)) 992 return false; 993 ++It; 994 ++RIt; 995 } 996 return true; 997 } 998 bool operator!=(const State &R) const { return !(*this == R); } 999 1000 /// We store accesses in a set with the instruction as key. 1001 struct Accesses { 1002 SmallVector<AAPointerInfo::Access, 4> Accesses; 1003 DenseMap<const Instruction *, unsigned> Map; 1004 1005 unsigned size() const { return Accesses.size(); } 1006 1007 using vec_iterator = decltype(Accesses)::iterator; 1008 vec_iterator begin() { return Accesses.begin(); } 1009 vec_iterator end() { return Accesses.end(); } 1010 1011 using iterator = decltype(Map)::const_iterator; 1012 iterator find(AAPointerInfo::Access &Acc) { 1013 return Map.find(Acc.getRemoteInst()); 1014 } 1015 iterator find_end() { return Map.end(); } 1016 1017 AAPointerInfo::Access &get(iterator &It) { 1018 return Accesses[It->getSecond()]; 1019 } 1020 1021 void insert(AAPointerInfo::Access &Acc) { 1022 Map[Acc.getRemoteInst()] = Accesses.size(); 1023 Accesses.push_back(Acc); 1024 } 1025 }; 1026 1027 /// We store all accesses in bins denoted by their offset and size. 1028 using AccessBinsTy = DenseMap<AAPointerInfo::OffsetAndSize, Accesses *>; 1029 1030 AccessBinsTy::const_iterator begin() const { return AccessBins.begin(); } 1031 AccessBinsTy::const_iterator end() const { return AccessBins.end(); } 1032 1033 protected: 1034 /// The bins with all the accesses for the associated pointer. 1035 AccessBinsTy AccessBins; 1036 1037 /// Add a new access to the state at offset \p Offset and with size \p Size. 1038 /// The access is associated with \p I, writes \p Content (if anything), and 1039 /// is of kind \p Kind. 1040 /// \Returns CHANGED, if the state changed, UNCHANGED otherwise. 1041 ChangeStatus addAccess(Attributor &A, int64_t Offset, int64_t Size, 1042 Instruction &I, Optional<Value *> Content, 1043 AAPointerInfo::AccessKind Kind, Type *Ty, 1044 Instruction *RemoteI = nullptr, 1045 Accesses *BinPtr = nullptr) { 1046 AAPointerInfo::OffsetAndSize Key{Offset, Size}; 1047 Accesses *&Bin = BinPtr ? BinPtr : AccessBins[Key]; 1048 if (!Bin) 1049 Bin = new (A.Allocator) Accesses; 1050 AAPointerInfo::Access Acc(&I, RemoteI ? RemoteI : &I, Content, Kind, Ty); 1051 // Check if we have an access for this instruction in this bin, if not, 1052 // simply add it. 1053 auto It = Bin->find(Acc); 1054 if (It == Bin->find_end()) { 1055 Bin->insert(Acc); 1056 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 1057 } 1058 // If the existing access is the same as then new one, nothing changed. 1059 AAPointerInfo::Access &Current = Bin->get(It); 1060 AAPointerInfo::Access Before = Current; 1061 // The new one will be combined with the existing one. 1062 Current &= Acc; 1063 return Current == Before ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 1064 } 1065 1066 /// See AAPointerInfo::forallInterferingAccesses. 1067 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1068 AAPointerInfo::OffsetAndSize OAS, 1069 function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) const { 1070 if (!isValidState()) 1071 return false; 1072 1073 for (auto &It : AccessBins) { 1074 AAPointerInfo::OffsetAndSize ItOAS = It.getFirst(); 1075 if (!OAS.mayOverlap(ItOAS)) 1076 continue; 1077 bool IsExact = OAS == ItOAS && !OAS.offsetOrSizeAreUnknown(); 1078 for (auto &Access : *It.getSecond()) 1079 if (!CB(Access, IsExact)) 1080 return false; 1081 } 1082 return true; 1083 } 1084 1085 /// See AAPointerInfo::forallInterferingAccesses. 1086 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1087 Instruction &I, 1088 function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) const { 1089 if (!isValidState()) 1090 return false; 1091 1092 // First find the offset and size of I. 1093 AAPointerInfo::OffsetAndSize OAS(-1, -1); 1094 for (auto &It : AccessBins) { 1095 for (auto &Access : *It.getSecond()) { 1096 if (Access.getRemoteInst() == &I) { 1097 OAS = It.getFirst(); 1098 break; 1099 } 1100 } 1101 if (OAS.getSize() != -1) 1102 break; 1103 } 1104 // No access for I was found, we are done. 1105 if (OAS.getSize() == -1) 1106 return true; 1107 1108 // Now that we have an offset and size, find all overlapping ones and use 1109 // the callback on the accesses. 1110 return forallInterferingAccesses(OAS, CB); 1111 } 1112 1113 private: 1114 /// State to track fixpoint and validity. 1115 BooleanState BS; 1116 }; 1117 1118 namespace { 1119 struct AAPointerInfoImpl 1120 : public StateWrapper<AA::PointerInfo::State, AAPointerInfo> { 1121 using BaseTy = StateWrapper<AA::PointerInfo::State, AAPointerInfo>; 1122 AAPointerInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : BaseTy(IRP) {} 1123 1124 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1125 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { AAPointerInfo::initialize(A); } 1126 1127 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 1128 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 1129 return std::string("PointerInfo ") + 1130 (isValidState() ? (std::string("#") + 1131 std::to_string(AccessBins.size()) + " bins") 1132 : "<invalid>"); 1133 } 1134 1135 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 1136 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 1137 return AAPointerInfo::manifest(A); 1138 } 1139 1140 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1141 OffsetAndSize OAS, 1142 function_ref<bool(const AAPointerInfo::Access &, bool)> CB) 1143 const override { 1144 return State::forallInterferingAccesses(OAS, CB); 1145 } 1146 bool forallInterferingAccesses( 1147 Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Instruction &I, 1148 function_ref<bool(const Access &, bool)> UserCB) const override { 1149 SmallPtrSet<const Access *, 8> DominatingWrites; 1150 SmallVector<std::pair<const Access *, bool>, 8> InterferingAccesses; 1151 1152 Function &Scope = *I.getFunction(); 1153 const auto &NoSyncAA = A.getAAFor<AANoSync>( 1154 QueryingAA, IRPosition::function(Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 1155 const auto *ExecDomainAA = A.lookupAAFor<AAExecutionDomain>( 1156 IRPosition::function(Scope), &QueryingAA, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 1157 const bool NoSync = NoSyncAA.isAssumedNoSync(); 1158 1159 // Helper to determine if we need to consider threading, which we cannot 1160 // right now. However, if the function is (assumed) nosync or the thread 1161 // executing all instructions is the main thread only we can ignore 1162 // threading. 1163 auto CanIgnoreThreading = [&](const Instruction &I) -> bool { 1164 if (NoSync) 1165 return true; 1166 if (ExecDomainAA && ExecDomainAA->isExecutedByInitialThreadOnly(I)) 1167 return true; 1168 return false; 1169 }; 1170 1171 // Helper to determine if the access is executed by the same thread as the 1172 // load, for now it is sufficient to avoid any potential threading effects 1173 // as we cannot deal with them anyway. 1174 auto IsSameThreadAsLoad = [&](const Access &Acc) -> bool { 1175 return CanIgnoreThreading(*Acc.getLocalInst()); 1176 }; 1177 1178 // TODO: Use inter-procedural reachability and dominance. 1179 const auto &NoRecurseAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>( 1180 QueryingAA, IRPosition::function(Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 1181 1182 const bool FindInterferingWrites = I.mayReadFromMemory(); 1183 const bool FindInterferingReads = I.mayWriteToMemory(); 1184 const bool UseDominanceReasoning = FindInterferingWrites; 1185 const bool CanUseCFGResoning = CanIgnoreThreading(I); 1186 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 1187 const DominatorTree *DT = 1188 NoRecurseAA.isKnownNoRecurse() && UseDominanceReasoning 1189 ? InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>( 1190 Scope) 1191 : nullptr; 1192 1193 enum GPUAddressSpace : unsigned { 1194 Generic = 0, 1195 Global = 1, 1196 Shared = 3, 1197 Constant = 4, 1198 Local = 5, 1199 }; 1200 1201 // Helper to check if a value has "kernel lifetime", that is it will not 1202 // outlive a GPU kernel. This is true for shared, constant, and local 1203 // globals on AMD and NVIDIA GPUs. 1204 auto HasKernelLifetime = [&](Value *V, Module &M) { 1205 Triple T(M.getTargetTriple()); 1206 if (!(T.isAMDGPU() || T.isNVPTX())) 1207 return false; 1208 switch (V->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()) { 1209 case GPUAddressSpace::Shared: 1210 case GPUAddressSpace::Constant: 1211 case GPUAddressSpace::Local: 1212 return true; 1213 default: 1214 return false; 1215 }; 1216 }; 1217 1218 // The IsLiveInCalleeCB will be used by the AA::isPotentiallyReachable query 1219 // to determine if we should look at reachability from the callee. For 1220 // certain pointers we know the lifetime and we do not have to step into the 1221 // callee to determine reachability as the pointer would be dead in the 1222 // callee. See the conditional initialization below. 1223 std::function<bool(const Function &)> IsLiveInCalleeCB; 1224 1225 if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(&getAssociatedValue())) { 1226 // If the alloca containing function is not recursive the alloca 1227 // must be dead in the callee. 1228 const Function *AIFn = AI->getFunction(); 1229 const auto &NoRecurseAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>( 1230 *this, IRPosition::function(*AIFn), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 1231 if (NoRecurseAA.isAssumedNoRecurse()) { 1232 IsLiveInCalleeCB = [AIFn](const Function &Fn) { return AIFn != &Fn; }; 1233 } 1234 } else if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(&getAssociatedValue())) { 1235 // If the global has kernel lifetime we can stop if we reach a kernel 1236 // as it is "dead" in the (unknown) callees. 1237 if (HasKernelLifetime(GV, *GV->getParent())) 1238 IsLiveInCalleeCB = [](const Function &Fn) { 1239 return !Fn.hasFnAttribute("kernel"); 1240 }; 1241 } 1242 1243 auto AccessCB = [&](const Access &Acc, bool Exact) { 1244 if ((!FindInterferingWrites || !Acc.isWrite()) && 1245 (!FindInterferingReads || !Acc.isRead())) 1246 return true; 1247 1248 // For now we only filter accesses based on CFG reasoning which does not 1249 // work yet if we have threading effects, or the access is complicated. 1250 if (CanUseCFGResoning) { 1251 if ((!Acc.isWrite() || 1252 !AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, *Acc.getLocalInst(), I, QueryingAA, 1253 IsLiveInCalleeCB)) && 1254 (!Acc.isRead() || 1255 !AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, I, *Acc.getLocalInst(), QueryingAA, 1256 IsLiveInCalleeCB))) 1257 return true; 1258 if (DT && Exact && (Acc.getLocalInst()->getFunction() == &Scope) && 1259 IsSameThreadAsLoad(Acc)) { 1260 if (DT->dominates(Acc.getLocalInst(), &I)) 1261 DominatingWrites.insert(&Acc); 1262 } 1263 } 1264 1265 InterferingAccesses.push_back({&Acc, Exact}); 1266 return true; 1267 }; 1268 if (!State::forallInterferingAccesses(I, AccessCB)) 1269 return false; 1270 1271 // If we cannot use CFG reasoning we only filter the non-write accesses 1272 // and are done here. 1273 if (!CanUseCFGResoning) { 1274 for (auto &It : InterferingAccesses) 1275 if (!UserCB(*It.first, It.second)) 1276 return false; 1277 return true; 1278 } 1279 1280 // Helper to determine if we can skip a specific write access. This is in 1281 // the worst case quadratic as we are looking for another write that will 1282 // hide the effect of this one. 1283 auto CanSkipAccess = [&](const Access &Acc, bool Exact) { 1284 if (!IsSameThreadAsLoad(Acc)) 1285 return false; 1286 if (!DominatingWrites.count(&Acc)) 1287 return false; 1288 for (const Access *DomAcc : DominatingWrites) { 1289 assert(Acc.getLocalInst()->getFunction() == 1290 DomAcc->getLocalInst()->getFunction() && 1291 "Expected dominating writes to be in the same function!"); 1292 1293 if (DomAcc != &Acc && 1294 DT->dominates(Acc.getLocalInst(), DomAcc->getLocalInst())) { 1295 return true; 1296 } 1297 } 1298 return false; 1299 }; 1300 1301 // Run the user callback on all accesses we cannot skip and return if that 1302 // succeeded for all or not. 1303 unsigned NumInterferingAccesses = InterferingAccesses.size(); 1304 for (auto &It : InterferingAccesses) { 1305 if (!DT || NumInterferingAccesses > MaxInterferingAccesses || 1306 !CanSkipAccess(*It.first, It.second)) { 1307 if (!UserCB(*It.first, It.second)) 1308 return false; 1309 } 1310 } 1311 return true; 1312 } 1313 1314 ChangeStatus translateAndAddState(Attributor &A, const AAPointerInfo &OtherAA, 1315 int64_t Offset, CallBase &CB, 1316 bool FromCallee = false) { 1317 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1318 if (!OtherAA.getState().isValidState() || !isValidState()) 1319 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1320 1321 const auto &OtherAAImpl = static_cast<const AAPointerInfoImpl &>(OtherAA); 1322 bool IsByval = 1323 FromCallee && OtherAAImpl.getAssociatedArgument()->hasByValAttr(); 1324 1325 // Combine the accesses bin by bin. 1326 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1327 for (auto &It : OtherAAImpl.getState()) { 1328 OffsetAndSize OAS = OffsetAndSize::getUnknown(); 1329 if (Offset != OffsetAndSize::Unknown) 1330 OAS = OffsetAndSize(It.first.getOffset() + Offset, It.first.getSize()); 1331 Accesses *Bin = AccessBins.lookup(OAS); 1332 for (const AAPointerInfo::Access &RAcc : *It.second) { 1333 if (IsByval && !RAcc.isRead()) 1334 continue; 1335 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1336 AccessKind AK = RAcc.getKind(); 1337 Optional<Value *> Content = RAcc.getContent(); 1338 if (FromCallee) { 1339 Content = A.translateArgumentToCallSiteContent( 1340 RAcc.getContent(), CB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 1341 AK = AccessKind( 1342 AK & (IsByval ? AccessKind::AK_READ : AccessKind::AK_READ_WRITE)); 1343 } 1344 Changed = 1345 Changed | addAccess(A, OAS.getOffset(), OAS.getSize(), CB, Content, 1346 AK, RAcc.getType(), RAcc.getRemoteInst(), Bin); 1347 } 1348 } 1349 return Changed; 1350 } 1351 1352 /// Statistic tracking for all AAPointerInfo implementations. 1353 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics(). 1354 void trackPointerInfoStatistics(const IRPosition &IRP) const {} 1355 }; 1356 1357 struct AAPointerInfoFloating : public AAPointerInfoImpl { 1358 using AccessKind = AAPointerInfo::AccessKind; 1359 AAPointerInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1360 : AAPointerInfoImpl(IRP, A) {} 1361 1362 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1363 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { AAPointerInfoImpl::initialize(A); } 1364 1365 /// Deal with an access and signal if it was handled successfully. 1366 bool handleAccess(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, Value &Ptr, 1367 Optional<Value *> Content, AccessKind Kind, int64_t Offset, 1368 ChangeStatus &Changed, Type *Ty, 1369 int64_t Size = OffsetAndSize::Unknown) { 1370 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1371 // No need to find a size if one is given or the offset is unknown. 1372 if (Offset != OffsetAndSize::Unknown && Size == OffsetAndSize::Unknown && 1373 Ty) { 1374 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 1375 TypeSize AccessSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty); 1376 if (!AccessSize.isScalable()) 1377 Size = AccessSize.getFixedSize(); 1378 } 1379 Changed = Changed | addAccess(A, Offset, Size, I, Content, Kind, Ty); 1380 return true; 1381 }; 1382 1383 /// Helper struct, will support ranges eventually. 1384 struct OffsetInfo { 1385 int64_t Offset = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1386 1387 bool operator==(const OffsetInfo &OI) const { return Offset == OI.Offset; } 1388 }; 1389 1390 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1391 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1392 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1393 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1394 Value &AssociatedValue = getAssociatedValue(); 1395 1396 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 1397 DenseMap<Value *, OffsetInfo> OffsetInfoMap; 1398 OffsetInfoMap[&AssociatedValue] = OffsetInfo{0}; 1399 1400 auto HandlePassthroughUser = [&](Value *Usr, OffsetInfo PtrOI, 1401 bool &Follow) { 1402 OffsetInfo &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr]; 1403 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1404 Follow = true; 1405 return true; 1406 }; 1407 1408 const auto *TLI = getAnchorScope() 1409 ? A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction( 1410 *getAnchorScope()) 1411 : nullptr; 1412 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 1413 Value *CurPtr = U.get(); 1414 User *Usr = U.getUser(); 1415 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Analyze " << *CurPtr << " in " 1416 << *Usr << "\n"); 1417 assert(OffsetInfoMap.count(CurPtr) && 1418 "The current pointer offset should have been seeded!"); 1419 1420 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Usr)) { 1421 if (CE->isCast()) 1422 return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr], Follow); 1423 if (CE->isCompare()) 1424 return true; 1425 if (!isa<GEPOperator>(CE)) { 1426 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Unhandled constant user " << *CE 1427 << "\n"); 1428 return false; 1429 } 1430 } 1431 if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Usr)) { 1432 // Note the order here, the Usr access might change the map, CurPtr is 1433 // already in it though. 1434 OffsetInfo &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr]; 1435 OffsetInfo &PtrOI = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr]; 1436 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1437 1438 // TODO: Use range information. 1439 if (PtrOI.Offset == OffsetAndSize::Unknown || 1440 !GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) { 1441 UsrOI.Offset = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1442 Follow = true; 1443 return true; 1444 } 1445 1446 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Indices; 1447 for (Use &Idx : GEP->indices()) { 1448 if (auto *CIdx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Idx)) { 1449 Indices.push_back(CIdx); 1450 continue; 1451 } 1452 1453 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Non constant GEP index " << *GEP 1454 << " : " << *Idx << "\n"); 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 UsrOI.Offset = PtrOI.Offset + DL.getIndexedOffsetInType( 1458 GEP->getSourceElementType(), Indices); 1459 Follow = true; 1460 return true; 1461 } 1462 if (isa<CastInst>(Usr) || isa<SelectInst>(Usr)) 1463 return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr], Follow); 1464 1465 // For PHIs we need to take care of the recurrence explicitly as the value 1466 // might change while we iterate through a loop. For now, we give up if 1467 // the PHI is not invariant. 1468 if (isa<PHINode>(Usr)) { 1469 // Note the order here, the Usr access might change the map, CurPtr is 1470 // already in it though. 1471 OffsetInfo &UsrOI = OffsetInfoMap[Usr]; 1472 OffsetInfo &PtrOI = OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr]; 1473 // Check if the PHI is invariant (so far). 1474 if (UsrOI == PtrOI) 1475 return true; 1476 1477 // Check if the PHI operand has already an unknown offset as we can't 1478 // improve on that anymore. 1479 if (PtrOI.Offset == OffsetAndSize::Unknown) { 1480 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1481 Follow = true; 1482 return true; 1483 } 1484 1485 // Check if the PHI operand is not dependent on the PHI itself. 1486 // TODO: This is not great as we look at the pointer type. However, it 1487 // is unclear where the Offset size comes from with typeless pointers. 1488 APInt Offset( 1489 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(CurPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()), 1490 0); 1491 if (&AssociatedValue == CurPtr->stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets( 1492 DL, Offset, /* AllowNonInbounds */ true)) { 1493 if (Offset != PtrOI.Offset) { 1494 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 1495 << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand pointer offset mismatch " 1496 << *CurPtr << " in " << *Usr << "\n"); 1497 return false; 1498 } 1499 return HandlePassthroughUser(Usr, PtrOI, Follow); 1500 } 1501 1502 // TODO: Approximate in case we know the direction of the recurrence. 1503 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] PHI operand is too complex " 1504 << *CurPtr << " in " << *Usr << "\n"); 1505 UsrOI = PtrOI; 1506 UsrOI.Offset = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1507 Follow = true; 1508 return true; 1509 } 1510 1511 if (auto *LoadI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Usr)) 1512 return handleAccess(A, *LoadI, *CurPtr, /* Content */ nullptr, 1513 AccessKind::AK_READ, OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr].Offset, 1514 Changed, LoadI->getType()); 1515 if (auto *StoreI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Usr)) { 1516 if (StoreI->getValueOperand() == CurPtr) { 1517 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Escaping use in store " 1518 << *StoreI << "\n"); 1519 return false; 1520 } 1521 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1522 Optional<Value *> Content = A.getAssumedSimplified( 1523 *StoreI->getValueOperand(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 1524 return handleAccess(A, *StoreI, *CurPtr, Content, AccessKind::AK_WRITE, 1525 OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr].Offset, Changed, 1526 StoreI->getValueOperand()->getType()); 1527 } 1528 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Usr)) { 1529 if (CB->isLifetimeStartOrEnd()) 1530 return true; 1531 if (TLI && isFreeCall(CB, TLI)) 1532 return true; 1533 if (CB->isArgOperand(&U)) { 1534 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 1535 const auto &CSArgPI = A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>( 1536 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 1537 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1538 Changed = translateAndAddState(A, CSArgPI, 1539 OffsetInfoMap[CurPtr].Offset, *CB) | 1540 Changed; 1541 return true; 1542 } 1543 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Call user not handled " << *CB 1544 << "\n"); 1545 // TODO: Allow some call uses 1546 return false; 1547 } 1548 1549 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] User not handled " << *Usr << "\n"); 1550 return false; 1551 }; 1552 auto EquivalentUseCB = [&](const Use &OldU, const Use &NewU) { 1553 if (OffsetInfoMap.count(NewU)) 1554 return OffsetInfoMap[NewU] == OffsetInfoMap[OldU]; 1555 OffsetInfoMap[NewU] = OffsetInfoMap[OldU]; 1556 return true; 1557 }; 1558 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, AssociatedValue, 1559 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, 1560 /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ true, EquivalentUseCB)) 1561 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1562 1563 LLVM_DEBUG({ 1564 dbgs() << "Accesses by bin after update:\n"; 1565 for (auto &It : AccessBins) { 1566 dbgs() << "[" << It.first.getOffset() << "-" 1567 << It.first.getOffset() + It.first.getSize() 1568 << "] : " << It.getSecond()->size() << "\n"; 1569 for (auto &Acc : *It.getSecond()) { 1570 dbgs() << " - " << Acc.getKind() << " - " << *Acc.getLocalInst() 1571 << "\n"; 1572 if (Acc.getLocalInst() != Acc.getRemoteInst()) 1573 dbgs() << " --> " 1574 << *Acc.getRemoteInst() << "\n"; 1575 if (!Acc.isWrittenValueYetUndetermined()) { 1576 if (Acc.getWrittenValue()) 1577 dbgs() << " - c: " << *Acc.getWrittenValue() << "\n"; 1578 else 1579 dbgs() << " - c: <unknown>\n"; 1580 } 1581 } 1582 } 1583 }); 1584 1585 return Changed; 1586 } 1587 1588 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1589 void trackStatistics() const override { 1590 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1591 } 1592 }; 1593 1594 struct AAPointerInfoReturned final : AAPointerInfoImpl { 1595 AAPointerInfoReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1596 : AAPointerInfoImpl(IRP, A) {} 1597 1598 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1599 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1600 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1601 } 1602 1603 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1604 void trackStatistics() const override { 1605 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1606 } 1607 }; 1608 1609 struct AAPointerInfoArgument final : AAPointerInfoFloating { 1610 AAPointerInfoArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1611 : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 1612 1613 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1614 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1615 AAPointerInfoFloating::initialize(A); 1616 if (getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) 1617 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1618 } 1619 1620 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1621 void trackStatistics() const override { 1622 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1623 } 1624 }; 1625 1626 struct AAPointerInfoCallSiteArgument final : AAPointerInfoFloating { 1627 AAPointerInfoCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1628 : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 1629 1630 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1631 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1632 using namespace AA::PointerInfo; 1633 // We handle memory intrinsics explicitly, at least the first (= 1634 // destination) and second (=source) arguments as we know how they are 1635 // accessed. 1636 if (auto *MI = dyn_cast_or_null<MemIntrinsic>(getCtxI())) { 1637 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); 1638 int64_t LengthVal = OffsetAndSize::Unknown; 1639 if (Length) 1640 LengthVal = Length->getSExtValue(); 1641 Value &Ptr = getAssociatedValue(); 1642 unsigned ArgNo = getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo(); 1643 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1644 if (ArgNo == 0) { 1645 handleAccess(A, *MI, Ptr, nullptr, AccessKind::AK_WRITE, 0, Changed, 1646 nullptr, LengthVal); 1647 } else if (ArgNo == 1) { 1648 handleAccess(A, *MI, Ptr, nullptr, AccessKind::AK_READ, 0, Changed, 1649 nullptr, LengthVal); 1650 } else { 1651 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPointerInfo] Unhandled memory intrinsic " 1652 << *MI << "\n"); 1653 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1654 } 1655 return Changed; 1656 } 1657 1658 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1659 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1660 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 1661 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 1662 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 1663 if (!Arg) 1664 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1665 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 1666 auto &ArgAA = 1667 A.getAAFor<AAPointerInfo>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1668 return translateAndAddState(A, ArgAA, 0, *cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()), 1669 /* FromCallee */ true); 1670 } 1671 1672 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1673 void trackStatistics() const override { 1674 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1675 } 1676 }; 1677 1678 struct AAPointerInfoCallSiteReturned final : AAPointerInfoFloating { 1679 AAPointerInfoCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1680 : AAPointerInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 1681 1682 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1683 void trackStatistics() const override { 1684 AAPointerInfoImpl::trackPointerInfoStatistics(getIRPosition()); 1685 } 1686 }; 1687 } // namespace 1688 1689 /// -----------------------NoUnwind Function Attribute-------------------------- 1690 1691 namespace { 1692 struct AANoUnwindImpl : AANoUnwind { 1693 AANoUnwindImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoUnwind(IRP, A) {} 1694 1695 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 1696 return getAssumed() ? "nounwind" : "may-unwind"; 1697 } 1698 1699 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1700 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1701 auto Opcodes = { 1702 (unsigned)Instruction::Invoke, (unsigned)Instruction::CallBr, 1703 (unsigned)Instruction::Call, (unsigned)Instruction::CleanupRet, 1704 (unsigned)Instruction::CatchSwitch, (unsigned)Instruction::Resume}; 1705 1706 auto CheckForNoUnwind = [&](Instruction &I) { 1707 if (!I.mayThrow()) 1708 return true; 1709 1710 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 1711 const auto &NoUnwindAA = A.getAAFor<AANoUnwind>( 1712 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1713 return NoUnwindAA.isAssumedNoUnwind(); 1714 } 1715 return false; 1716 }; 1717 1718 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1719 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(CheckForNoUnwind, *this, Opcodes, 1720 UsedAssumedInformation)) 1721 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1722 1723 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1724 } 1725 }; 1726 1727 struct AANoUnwindFunction final : public AANoUnwindImpl { 1728 AANoUnwindFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1729 : AANoUnwindImpl(IRP, A) {} 1730 1731 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1732 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nounwind) } 1733 }; 1734 1735 /// NoUnwind attribute deduction for a call sites. 1736 struct AANoUnwindCallSite final : AANoUnwindImpl { 1737 AANoUnwindCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1738 : AANoUnwindImpl(IRP, A) {} 1739 1740 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1741 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1742 AANoUnwindImpl::initialize(A); 1743 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1744 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 1745 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1746 } 1747 1748 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 1749 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 1750 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1751 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 1752 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 1753 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 1754 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1755 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 1756 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoUnwind>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 1757 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 1758 } 1759 1760 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1761 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nounwind); } 1762 }; 1763 } // namespace 1764 1765 /// --------------------- Function Return Values ------------------------------- 1766 1767 namespace { 1768 /// "Attribute" that collects all potential returned values and the return 1769 /// instructions that they arise from. 1770 /// 1771 /// If there is a unique returned value R, the manifest method will: 1772 /// - mark R with the "returned" attribute, if R is an argument. 1773 class AAReturnedValuesImpl : public AAReturnedValues, public AbstractState { 1774 1775 /// Mapping of values potentially returned by the associated function to the 1776 /// return instructions that might return them. 1777 MapVector<Value *, SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4>> ReturnedValues; 1778 1779 /// State flags 1780 /// 1781 ///{ 1782 bool IsFixed = false; 1783 bool IsValidState = true; 1784 ///} 1785 1786 public: 1787 AAReturnedValuesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1788 : AAReturnedValues(IRP, A) {} 1789 1790 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1791 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1792 // Reset the state. 1793 IsFixed = false; 1794 IsValidState = true; 1795 ReturnedValues.clear(); 1796 1797 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 1798 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) { 1799 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1800 return; 1801 } 1802 assert(!F->getReturnType()->isVoidTy() && 1803 "Did not expect a void return type!"); 1804 1805 // The map from instruction opcodes to those instructions in the function. 1806 auto &OpcodeInstMap = A.getInfoCache().getOpcodeInstMapForFunction(*F); 1807 1808 // Look through all arguments, if one is marked as returned we are done. 1809 for (Argument &Arg : F->args()) { 1810 if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) { 1811 auto &ReturnInstSet = ReturnedValues[&Arg]; 1812 if (auto *Insts = OpcodeInstMap.lookup(Instruction::Ret)) 1813 for (Instruction *RI : *Insts) 1814 ReturnInstSet.insert(cast<ReturnInst>(RI)); 1815 1816 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 1817 return; 1818 } 1819 } 1820 1821 if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*F)) 1822 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1823 } 1824 1825 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 1826 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override; 1827 1828 /// See AbstractAttribute::getState(...). 1829 AbstractState &getState() override { return *this; } 1830 1831 /// See AbstractAttribute::getState(...). 1832 const AbstractState &getState() const override { return *this; } 1833 1834 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 1835 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 1836 1837 llvm::iterator_range<iterator> returned_values() override { 1838 return llvm::make_range(ReturnedValues.begin(), ReturnedValues.end()); 1839 } 1840 1841 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator> returned_values() const override { 1842 return llvm::make_range(ReturnedValues.begin(), ReturnedValues.end()); 1843 } 1844 1845 /// Return the number of potential return values, -1 if unknown. 1846 size_t getNumReturnValues() const override { 1847 return isValidState() ? ReturnedValues.size() : -1; 1848 } 1849 1850 /// Return an assumed unique return value if a single candidate is found. If 1851 /// there cannot be one, return a nullptr. If it is not clear yet, return the 1852 /// Optional::NoneType. 1853 Optional<Value *> getAssumedUniqueReturnValue(Attributor &A) const; 1854 1855 /// See AbstractState::checkForAllReturnedValues(...). 1856 bool checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts( 1857 function_ref<bool(Value &, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &)> Pred) 1858 const override; 1859 1860 /// Pretty print the attribute similar to the IR representation. 1861 const std::string getAsStr() const override; 1862 1863 /// See AbstractState::isAtFixpoint(). 1864 bool isAtFixpoint() const override { return IsFixed; } 1865 1866 /// See AbstractState::isValidState(). 1867 bool isValidState() const override { return IsValidState; } 1868 1869 /// See AbstractState::indicateOptimisticFixpoint(...). 1870 ChangeStatus indicateOptimisticFixpoint() override { 1871 IsFixed = true; 1872 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1873 } 1874 1875 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 1876 IsFixed = true; 1877 IsValidState = false; 1878 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 1879 } 1880 }; 1881 1882 ChangeStatus AAReturnedValuesImpl::manifest(Attributor &A) { 1883 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1884 1885 // Bookkeeping. 1886 assert(isValidState()); 1887 STATS_DECLTRACK(KnownReturnValues, FunctionReturn, 1888 "Number of function with known return values"); 1889 1890 // Check if we have an assumed unique return value that we could manifest. 1891 Optional<Value *> UniqueRV = getAssumedUniqueReturnValue(A); 1892 1893 if (!UniqueRV || !UniqueRV.getValue()) 1894 return Changed; 1895 1896 // Bookkeeping. 1897 STATS_DECLTRACK(UniqueReturnValue, FunctionReturn, 1898 "Number of function with unique return"); 1899 // If the assumed unique return value is an argument, annotate it. 1900 if (auto *UniqueRVArg = dyn_cast<Argument>(UniqueRV.getValue())) { 1901 if (UniqueRVArg->getType()->canLosslesslyBitCastTo( 1902 getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType())) { 1903 getIRPosition() = IRPosition::argument(*UniqueRVArg); 1904 Changed = IRAttribute::manifest(A); 1905 } 1906 } 1907 return Changed; 1908 } 1909 1910 const std::string AAReturnedValuesImpl::getAsStr() const { 1911 return (isAtFixpoint() ? "returns(#" : "may-return(#") + 1912 (isValidState() ? std::to_string(getNumReturnValues()) : "?") + ")"; 1913 } 1914 1915 Optional<Value *> 1916 AAReturnedValuesImpl::getAssumedUniqueReturnValue(Attributor &A) const { 1917 // If checkForAllReturnedValues provides a unique value, ignoring potential 1918 // undef values that can also be present, it is assumed to be the actual 1919 // return value and forwarded to the caller of this method. If there are 1920 // multiple, a nullptr is returned indicating there cannot be a unique 1921 // returned value. 1922 Optional<Value *> UniqueRV; 1923 Type *Ty = getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType(); 1924 1925 auto Pred = [&](Value &RV) -> bool { 1926 UniqueRV = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice(UniqueRV, &RV, Ty); 1927 return UniqueRV != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 1928 }; 1929 1930 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(Pred, *this)) 1931 UniqueRV = nullptr; 1932 1933 return UniqueRV; 1934 } 1935 1936 bool AAReturnedValuesImpl::checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts( 1937 function_ref<bool(Value &, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &)> Pred) 1938 const { 1939 if (!isValidState()) 1940 return false; 1941 1942 // Check all returned values but ignore call sites as long as we have not 1943 // encountered an overdefined one during an update. 1944 for (auto &It : ReturnedValues) { 1945 Value *RV = It.first; 1946 if (!Pred(*RV, It.second)) 1947 return false; 1948 } 1949 1950 return true; 1951 } 1952 1953 ChangeStatus AAReturnedValuesImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 1954 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 1955 1956 auto ReturnValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, ReturnInst &Ret, 1957 bool) -> bool { 1958 assert(AA::isValidInScope(V, Ret.getFunction()) && 1959 "Assumed returned value should be valid in function scope!"); 1960 if (ReturnedValues[&V].insert(&Ret)) 1961 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 1962 return true; 1963 }; 1964 1965 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 1966 auto ReturnInstCB = [&](Instruction &I) { 1967 ReturnInst &Ret = cast<ReturnInst>(I); 1968 return genericValueTraversal<ReturnInst>( 1969 A, IRPosition::value(*Ret.getReturnValue()), *this, Ret, ReturnValueCB, 1970 &I, UsedAssumedInformation, /* UseValueSimplify */ true, 1971 /* MaxValues */ 16, 1972 /* StripCB */ nullptr, AA::Intraprocedural); 1973 }; 1974 1975 // Discover returned values from all live returned instructions in the 1976 // associated function. 1977 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(ReturnInstCB, *this, {Instruction::Ret}, 1978 UsedAssumedInformation)) 1979 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 1980 return Changed; 1981 } 1982 1983 struct AAReturnedValuesFunction final : public AAReturnedValuesImpl { 1984 AAReturnedValuesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1985 : AAReturnedValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 1986 1987 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 1988 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(returned) } 1989 }; 1990 1991 /// Returned values information for a call sites. 1992 struct AAReturnedValuesCallSite final : AAReturnedValuesImpl { 1993 AAReturnedValuesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 1994 : AAReturnedValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 1995 1996 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 1997 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 1998 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 1999 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2000 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites instead of 2001 // redirecting requests to the callee. 2002 llvm_unreachable("Abstract attributes for returned values are not " 2003 "supported for call sites yet!"); 2004 } 2005 2006 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2007 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2008 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2009 } 2010 2011 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2012 void trackStatistics() const override {} 2013 }; 2014 } // namespace 2015 2016 /// ------------------------ NoSync Function Attribute ------------------------- 2017 2018 bool AANoSync::isNonRelaxedAtomic(const Instruction *I) { 2019 if (!I->isAtomic()) 2020 return false; 2021 2022 if (auto *FI = dyn_cast<FenceInst>(I)) 2023 // All legal orderings for fence are stronger than monotonic. 2024 return FI->getSyncScopeID() != SyncScope::SingleThread; 2025 if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) { 2026 // Unordered is not a legal ordering for cmpxchg. 2027 return (AI->getSuccessOrdering() != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic || 2028 AI->getFailureOrdering() != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic); 2029 } 2030 2031 AtomicOrdering Ordering; 2032 switch (I->getOpcode()) { 2033 case Instruction::AtomicRMW: 2034 Ordering = cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)->getOrdering(); 2035 break; 2036 case Instruction::Store: 2037 Ordering = cast<StoreInst>(I)->getOrdering(); 2038 break; 2039 case Instruction::Load: 2040 Ordering = cast<LoadInst>(I)->getOrdering(); 2041 break; 2042 default: 2043 llvm_unreachable( 2044 "New atomic operations need to be known in the attributor."); 2045 } 2046 2047 return (Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Unordered && 2048 Ordering != AtomicOrdering::Monotonic); 2049 } 2050 2051 /// Return true if this intrinsic is nosync. This is only used for intrinsics 2052 /// which would be nosync except that they have a volatile flag. All other 2053 /// intrinsics are simply annotated with the nosync attribute in Intrinsics.td. 2054 bool AANoSync::isNoSyncIntrinsic(const Instruction *I) { 2055 if (auto *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I)) 2056 return !MI->isVolatile(); 2057 return false; 2058 } 2059 2060 namespace { 2061 struct AANoSyncImpl : AANoSync { 2062 AANoSyncImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoSync(IRP, A) {} 2063 2064 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2065 return getAssumed() ? "nosync" : "may-sync"; 2066 } 2067 2068 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2069 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 2070 }; 2071 2072 ChangeStatus AANoSyncImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 2073 2074 auto CheckRWInstForNoSync = [&](Instruction &I) { 2075 return AA::isNoSyncInst(A, I, *this); 2076 }; 2077 2078 auto CheckForNoSync = [&](Instruction &I) { 2079 // At this point we handled all read/write effects and they are all 2080 // nosync, so they can be skipped. 2081 if (I.mayReadOrWriteMemory()) 2082 return true; 2083 2084 // non-convergent and readnone imply nosync. 2085 return !cast<CallBase>(I).isConvergent(); 2086 }; 2087 2088 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2089 if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInstForNoSync, *this, 2090 UsedAssumedInformation) || 2091 !A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoSync, *this, 2092 UsedAssumedInformation)) 2093 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2094 2095 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2096 } 2097 2098 struct AANoSyncFunction final : public AANoSyncImpl { 2099 AANoSyncFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2100 : AANoSyncImpl(IRP, A) {} 2101 2102 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2103 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nosync) } 2104 }; 2105 2106 /// NoSync attribute deduction for a call sites. 2107 struct AANoSyncCallSite final : AANoSyncImpl { 2108 AANoSyncCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2109 : AANoSyncImpl(IRP, A) {} 2110 2111 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2112 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2113 AANoSyncImpl::initialize(A); 2114 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2115 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 2116 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2117 } 2118 2119 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2120 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2121 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2122 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2123 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2124 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2125 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2126 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 2127 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoSync>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2128 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 2129 } 2130 2131 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2132 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nosync); } 2133 }; 2134 } // namespace 2135 2136 /// ------------------------ No-Free Attributes ---------------------------- 2137 2138 namespace { 2139 struct AANoFreeImpl : public AANoFree { 2140 AANoFreeImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoFree(IRP, A) {} 2141 2142 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2143 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2144 auto CheckForNoFree = [&](Instruction &I) { 2145 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(I); 2146 if (CB.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoFree)) 2147 return true; 2148 2149 const auto &NoFreeAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 2150 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2151 return NoFreeAA.isAssumedNoFree(); 2152 }; 2153 2154 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2155 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForNoFree, *this, 2156 UsedAssumedInformation)) 2157 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2158 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2159 } 2160 2161 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 2162 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2163 return getAssumed() ? "nofree" : "may-free"; 2164 } 2165 }; 2166 2167 struct AANoFreeFunction final : public AANoFreeImpl { 2168 AANoFreeFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2169 : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {} 2170 2171 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2172 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(nofree) } 2173 }; 2174 2175 /// NoFree attribute deduction for a call sites. 2176 struct AANoFreeCallSite final : AANoFreeImpl { 2177 AANoFreeCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2178 : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {} 2179 2180 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2181 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2182 AANoFreeImpl::initialize(A); 2183 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2184 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 2185 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2186 } 2187 2188 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2189 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2190 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2191 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2192 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2193 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2194 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2195 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 2196 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2197 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 2198 } 2199 2200 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2201 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(nofree); } 2202 }; 2203 2204 /// NoFree attribute for floating values. 2205 struct AANoFreeFloating : AANoFreeImpl { 2206 AANoFreeFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2207 : AANoFreeImpl(IRP, A) {} 2208 2209 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2210 void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(nofree)} 2211 2212 /// See Abstract Attribute::updateImpl(...). 2213 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2214 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 2215 2216 const auto &NoFreeAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 2217 *this, IRPosition::function_scope(IRP), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 2218 if (NoFreeAA.isAssumedNoFree()) 2219 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2220 2221 Value &AssociatedValue = getIRPosition().getAssociatedValue(); 2222 auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 2223 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 2224 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 2225 if (CB->isBundleOperand(&U)) 2226 return false; 2227 if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U)) 2228 return true; 2229 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 2230 2231 const auto &NoFreeArg = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 2232 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 2233 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2234 return NoFreeArg.isAssumedNoFree(); 2235 } 2236 2237 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<BitCastInst>(UserI) || 2238 isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) { 2239 Follow = true; 2240 return true; 2241 } 2242 if (isa<StoreInst>(UserI) || isa<LoadInst>(UserI) || 2243 isa<ReturnInst>(UserI)) 2244 return true; 2245 2246 // Unknown user. 2247 return false; 2248 }; 2249 if (!A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, AssociatedValue)) 2250 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2251 2252 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2253 } 2254 }; 2255 2256 /// NoFree attribute for a call site argument. 2257 struct AANoFreeArgument final : AANoFreeFloating { 2258 AANoFreeArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2259 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {} 2260 2261 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2262 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nofree) } 2263 }; 2264 2265 /// NoFree attribute for call site arguments. 2266 struct AANoFreeCallSiteArgument final : AANoFreeFloating { 2267 AANoFreeCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2268 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {} 2269 2270 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2271 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2272 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2273 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2274 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2275 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2276 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 2277 if (!Arg) 2278 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2279 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 2280 auto &ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2281 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 2282 } 2283 2284 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2285 void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nofree)}; 2286 }; 2287 2288 /// NoFree attribute for function return value. 2289 struct AANoFreeReturned final : AANoFreeFloating { 2290 AANoFreeReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2291 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) { 2292 llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!"); 2293 } 2294 2295 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2296 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2297 llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!"); 2298 } 2299 2300 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2301 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2302 llvm_unreachable("NoFree is not applicable to function returns!"); 2303 } 2304 2305 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2306 void trackStatistics() const override {} 2307 }; 2308 2309 /// NoFree attribute deduction for a call site return value. 2310 struct AANoFreeCallSiteReturned final : AANoFreeFloating { 2311 AANoFreeCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2312 : AANoFreeFloating(IRP, A) {} 2313 2314 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 2315 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2316 } 2317 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2318 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nofree) } 2319 }; 2320 } // namespace 2321 2322 /// ------------------------ NonNull Argument Attribute ------------------------ 2323 namespace { 2324 static int64_t getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse( 2325 Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Value &AssociatedValue, 2326 const Use *U, const Instruction *I, bool &IsNonNull, bool &TrackUse) { 2327 TrackUse = false; 2328 2329 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 2330 if (!UseV->getType()->isPointerTy()) 2331 return 0; 2332 2333 // We need to follow common pointer manipulation uses to the accesses they 2334 // feed into. We can try to be smart to avoid looking through things we do not 2335 // like for now, e.g., non-inbounds GEPs. 2336 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) { 2337 TrackUse = true; 2338 return 0; 2339 } 2340 2341 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { 2342 TrackUse = true; 2343 return 0; 2344 } 2345 2346 Type *PtrTy = UseV->getType(); 2347 const Function *F = I->getFunction(); 2348 bool NullPointerIsDefined = 2349 F ? llvm::NullPointerIsDefined(F, PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) : true; 2350 const DataLayout &DL = A.getInfoCache().getDL(); 2351 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I)) { 2352 if (CB->isBundleOperand(U)) { 2353 if (RetainedKnowledge RK = getKnowledgeFromUse( 2354 U, {Attribute::NonNull, Attribute::Dereferenceable})) { 2355 IsNonNull |= 2356 (RK.AttrKind == Attribute::NonNull || !NullPointerIsDefined); 2357 return RK.ArgValue; 2358 } 2359 return 0; 2360 } 2361 2362 if (CB->isCallee(U)) { 2363 IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined; 2364 return 0; 2365 } 2366 2367 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U); 2368 IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo); 2369 // As long as we only use known information there is no need to track 2370 // dependences here. 2371 auto &DerefAA = 2372 A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2373 IsNonNull |= DerefAA.isKnownNonNull(); 2374 return DerefAA.getKnownDereferenceableBytes(); 2375 } 2376 2377 Optional<MemoryLocation> Loc = MemoryLocation::getOrNone(I); 2378 if (!Loc || Loc->Ptr != UseV || !Loc->Size.isPrecise() || I->isVolatile()) 2379 return 0; 2380 2381 int64_t Offset; 2382 const Value *Base = 2383 getMinimalBaseOfPointer(A, QueryingAA, Loc->Ptr, Offset, DL); 2384 if (Base && Base == &AssociatedValue) { 2385 int64_t DerefBytes = Loc->Size.getValue() + Offset; 2386 IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined; 2387 return std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes); 2388 } 2389 2390 /// Corner case when an offset is 0. 2391 Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(Loc->Ptr, Offset, DL, 2392 /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true); 2393 if (Base && Base == &AssociatedValue && Offset == 0) { 2394 int64_t DerefBytes = Loc->Size.getValue(); 2395 IsNonNull |= !NullPointerIsDefined; 2396 return std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes); 2397 } 2398 2399 return 0; 2400 } 2401 2402 struct AANonNullImpl : AANonNull { 2403 AANonNullImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2404 : AANonNull(IRP, A), 2405 NullIsDefined(NullPointerIsDefined( 2406 getAnchorScope(), 2407 getAssociatedValue().getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) {} 2408 2409 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2410 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2411 Value &V = *getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts(); 2412 if (!NullIsDefined && 2413 hasAttr({Attribute::NonNull, Attribute::Dereferenceable}, 2414 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ false, &A)) { 2415 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2416 return; 2417 } 2418 2419 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) { 2420 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2421 return; 2422 } 2423 2424 AANonNull::initialize(A); 2425 2426 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed; 2427 if (V.getPointerDereferenceableBytes(A.getDataLayout(), CanBeNull, 2428 CanBeFreed)) { 2429 if (!CanBeNull) { 2430 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2431 return; 2432 } 2433 } 2434 2435 if (isa<GlobalValue>(V)) { 2436 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2437 return; 2438 } 2439 2440 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 2441 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 2442 } 2443 2444 /// See followUsesInMBEC 2445 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 2446 AANonNull::StateType &State) { 2447 bool IsNonNull = false; 2448 bool TrackUse = false; 2449 getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse(A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, 2450 IsNonNull, TrackUse); 2451 State.setKnown(IsNonNull); 2452 return TrackUse; 2453 } 2454 2455 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 2456 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2457 return getAssumed() ? "nonnull" : "may-null"; 2458 } 2459 2460 /// Flag to determine if the underlying value can be null and still allow 2461 /// valid accesses. 2462 const bool NullIsDefined; 2463 }; 2464 2465 /// NonNull attribute for a floating value. 2466 struct AANonNullFloating : public AANonNullImpl { 2467 AANonNullFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2468 : AANonNullImpl(IRP, A) {} 2469 2470 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2471 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2472 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 2473 2474 DominatorTree *DT = nullptr; 2475 AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr; 2476 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 2477 if (const Function *Fn = getAnchorScope()) { 2478 DT = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*Fn); 2479 AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*Fn); 2480 } 2481 2482 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, 2483 AANonNull::StateType &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 2484 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AANonNull>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 2485 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2486 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 2487 if (!isKnownNonZero(&V, DL, 0, AC, CtxI, DT)) 2488 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2489 } else { 2490 // Use abstract attribute information. 2491 const AANonNull::StateType &NS = AA.getState(); 2492 T ^= NS; 2493 } 2494 return T.isValidState(); 2495 }; 2496 2497 StateType T; 2498 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2499 if (!genericValueTraversal<StateType>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 2500 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 2501 UsedAssumedInformation)) 2502 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2503 2504 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 2505 } 2506 2507 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2508 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nonnull) } 2509 }; 2510 2511 /// NonNull attribute for function return value. 2512 struct AANonNullReturned final 2513 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANonNull, AANonNull> { 2514 AANonNullReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2515 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANonNull, AANonNull>(IRP, A) {} 2516 2517 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 2518 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2519 return getAssumed() ? "nonnull" : "may-null"; 2520 } 2521 2522 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2523 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(nonnull) } 2524 }; 2525 2526 /// NonNull attribute for function argument. 2527 struct AANonNullArgument final 2528 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl> { 2529 AANonNullArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2530 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl>(IRP, A) {} 2531 2532 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2533 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nonnull) } 2534 }; 2535 2536 struct AANonNullCallSiteArgument final : AANonNullFloating { 2537 AANonNullCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2538 : AANonNullFloating(IRP, A) {} 2539 2540 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2541 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nonnull) } 2542 }; 2543 2544 /// NonNull attribute for a call site return position. 2545 struct AANonNullCallSiteReturned final 2546 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl> { 2547 AANonNullCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2548 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANonNull, AANonNullImpl>(IRP, A) {} 2549 2550 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2551 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nonnull) } 2552 }; 2553 } // namespace 2554 2555 /// ------------------------ No-Recurse Attributes ---------------------------- 2556 2557 namespace { 2558 struct AANoRecurseImpl : public AANoRecurse { 2559 AANoRecurseImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoRecurse(IRP, A) {} 2560 2561 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 2562 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2563 return getAssumed() ? "norecurse" : "may-recurse"; 2564 } 2565 }; 2566 2567 struct AANoRecurseFunction final : AANoRecurseImpl { 2568 AANoRecurseFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2569 : AANoRecurseImpl(IRP, A) {} 2570 2571 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2572 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2573 2574 // If all live call sites are known to be no-recurse, we are as well. 2575 auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 2576 const auto &NoRecurseAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>( 2577 *this, IRPosition::function(*ACS.getInstruction()->getFunction()), 2578 DepClassTy::NONE); 2579 return NoRecurseAA.isKnownNoRecurse(); 2580 }; 2581 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2582 if (A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this, true, 2583 UsedAssumedInformation)) { 2584 // If we know all call sites and all are known no-recurse, we are done. 2585 // If all known call sites, which might not be all that exist, are known 2586 // to be no-recurse, we are not done but we can continue to assume 2587 // no-recurse. If one of the call sites we have not visited will become 2588 // live, another update is triggered. 2589 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) 2590 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 2591 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2592 } 2593 2594 const AAFunctionReachability &EdgeReachability = 2595 A.getAAFor<AAFunctionReachability>(*this, getIRPosition(), 2596 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2597 if (EdgeReachability.canReach(A, *getAnchorScope())) 2598 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2599 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2600 } 2601 2602 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(norecurse) } 2603 }; 2604 2605 /// NoRecurse attribute deduction for a call sites. 2606 struct AANoRecurseCallSite final : AANoRecurseImpl { 2607 AANoRecurseCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2608 : AANoRecurseImpl(IRP, A) {} 2609 2610 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 2611 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 2612 AANoRecurseImpl::initialize(A); 2613 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2614 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 2615 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 2616 } 2617 2618 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2619 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2620 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 2621 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 2622 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 2623 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 2624 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 2625 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 2626 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 2627 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 2628 } 2629 2630 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2631 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(norecurse); } 2632 }; 2633 } // namespace 2634 2635 /// -------------------- Undefined-Behavior Attributes ------------------------ 2636 2637 namespace { 2638 struct AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl : public AAUndefinedBehavior { 2639 AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2640 : AAUndefinedBehavior(IRP, A) {} 2641 2642 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 2643 // through a pointer (i.e. also branches etc.) 2644 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 2645 const size_t UBPrevSize = KnownUBInsts.size(); 2646 const size_t NoUBPrevSize = AssumedNoUBInsts.size(); 2647 2648 auto InspectMemAccessInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2649 // Lang ref now states volatile store is not UB, let's skip them. 2650 if (I.isVolatile() && I.mayWriteToMemory()) 2651 return true; 2652 2653 // Skip instructions that are already saved. 2654 if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I)) 2655 return true; 2656 2657 // If we reach here, we know we have an instruction 2658 // that accesses memory through a pointer operand, 2659 // for which getPointerOperand() should give it to us. 2660 Value *PtrOp = 2661 const_cast<Value *>(getPointerOperand(&I, /* AllowVolatile */ true)); 2662 assert(PtrOp && 2663 "Expected pointer operand of memory accessing instruction"); 2664 2665 // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken, 2666 // or we got back a simplified value to continue. 2667 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedPtrOp = stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, PtrOp, &I); 2668 if (!SimplifiedPtrOp || !SimplifiedPtrOp.getValue()) 2669 return true; 2670 const Value *PtrOpVal = SimplifiedPtrOp.getValue(); 2671 2672 // A memory access through a pointer is considered UB 2673 // only if the pointer has constant null value. 2674 // TODO: Expand it to not only check constant values. 2675 if (!isa<ConstantPointerNull>(PtrOpVal)) { 2676 AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I); 2677 return true; 2678 } 2679 const Type *PtrTy = PtrOpVal->getType(); 2680 2681 // Because we only consider instructions inside functions, 2682 // assume that a parent function exists. 2683 const Function *F = I.getFunction(); 2684 2685 // A memory access using constant null pointer is only considered UB 2686 // if null pointer is _not_ defined for the target platform. 2687 if (llvm::NullPointerIsDefined(F, PtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace())) 2688 AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I); 2689 else 2690 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2691 return true; 2692 }; 2693 2694 auto InspectBrInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2695 // A conditional branch instruction is considered UB if it has `undef` 2696 // condition. 2697 2698 // Skip instructions that are already saved. 2699 if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I)) 2700 return true; 2701 2702 // We know we have a branch instruction. 2703 auto *BrInst = cast<BranchInst>(&I); 2704 2705 // Unconditional branches are never considered UB. 2706 if (BrInst->isUnconditional()) 2707 return true; 2708 2709 // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken, 2710 // or we got back a simplified value to continue. 2711 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedCond = 2712 stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, BrInst->getCondition(), BrInst); 2713 if (!SimplifiedCond || !*SimplifiedCond) 2714 return true; 2715 AssumedNoUBInsts.insert(&I); 2716 return true; 2717 }; 2718 2719 auto InspectCallSiteForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2720 // Check whether a callsite always cause UB or not 2721 2722 // Skip instructions that are already saved. 2723 if (AssumedNoUBInsts.count(&I) || KnownUBInsts.count(&I)) 2724 return true; 2725 2726 // Check nonnull and noundef argument attribute violation for each 2727 // callsite. 2728 CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(I); 2729 Function *Callee = CB.getCalledFunction(); 2730 if (!Callee) 2731 return true; 2732 for (unsigned idx = 0; idx < CB.arg_size(); idx++) { 2733 // If current argument is known to be simplified to null pointer and the 2734 // corresponding argument position is known to have nonnull attribute, 2735 // the argument is poison. Furthermore, if the argument is poison and 2736 // the position is known to have noundef attriubte, this callsite is 2737 // considered UB. 2738 if (idx >= Callee->arg_size()) 2739 break; 2740 Value *ArgVal = CB.getArgOperand(idx); 2741 if (!ArgVal) 2742 continue; 2743 // Here, we handle three cases. 2744 // (1) Not having a value means it is dead. (we can replace the value 2745 // with undef) 2746 // (2) Simplified to undef. The argument violate noundef attriubte. 2747 // (3) Simplified to null pointer where known to be nonnull. 2748 // The argument is a poison value and violate noundef attribute. 2749 IRPosition CalleeArgumentIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, idx); 2750 auto &NoUndefAA = 2751 A.getAAFor<AANoUndef>(*this, CalleeArgumentIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2752 if (!NoUndefAA.isKnownNoUndef()) 2753 continue; 2754 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2755 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedVal = A.getAssumedSimplified( 2756 IRPosition::value(*ArgVal), *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 2757 if (UsedAssumedInformation) 2758 continue; 2759 if (SimplifiedVal && !SimplifiedVal.getValue()) 2760 return true; 2761 if (!SimplifiedVal || isa<UndefValue>(*SimplifiedVal.getValue())) { 2762 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2763 continue; 2764 } 2765 if (!ArgVal->getType()->isPointerTy() || 2766 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(*SimplifiedVal.getValue())) 2767 continue; 2768 auto &NonNullAA = 2769 A.getAAFor<AANonNull>(*this, CalleeArgumentIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2770 if (NonNullAA.isKnownNonNull()) 2771 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2772 } 2773 return true; 2774 }; 2775 2776 auto InspectReturnInstForUB = [&](Instruction &I) { 2777 auto &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I); 2778 // Either we stopped and the appropriate action was taken, 2779 // or we got back a simplified return value to continue. 2780 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedRetValue = 2781 stopOnUndefOrAssumed(A, RI.getReturnValue(), &I); 2782 if (!SimplifiedRetValue || !*SimplifiedRetValue) 2783 return true; 2784 2785 // Check if a return instruction always cause UB or not 2786 // Note: It is guaranteed that the returned position of the anchor 2787 // scope has noundef attribute when this is called. 2788 // We also ensure the return position is not "assumed dead" 2789 // because the returned value was then potentially simplified to 2790 // `undef` in AAReturnedValues without removing the `noundef` 2791 // attribute yet. 2792 2793 // When the returned position has noundef attriubte, UB occurs in the 2794 // following cases. 2795 // (1) Returned value is known to be undef. 2796 // (2) The value is known to be a null pointer and the returned 2797 // position has nonnull attribute (because the returned value is 2798 // poison). 2799 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(*SimplifiedRetValue)) { 2800 auto &NonNullAA = A.getAAFor<AANonNull>( 2801 *this, IRPosition::returned(*getAnchorScope()), DepClassTy::NONE); 2802 if (NonNullAA.isKnownNonNull()) 2803 KnownUBInsts.insert(&I); 2804 } 2805 2806 return true; 2807 }; 2808 2809 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2810 A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectMemAccessInstForUB, *this, 2811 {Instruction::Load, Instruction::Store, 2812 Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg, 2813 Instruction::AtomicRMW}, 2814 UsedAssumedInformation, 2815 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true); 2816 A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectBrInstForUB, *this, {Instruction::Br}, 2817 UsedAssumedInformation, 2818 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true); 2819 A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(InspectCallSiteForUB, *this, 2820 UsedAssumedInformation); 2821 2822 // If the returned position of the anchor scope has noundef attriubte, check 2823 // all returned instructions. 2824 if (!getAnchorScope()->getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) { 2825 const IRPosition &ReturnIRP = IRPosition::returned(*getAnchorScope()); 2826 if (!A.isAssumedDead(ReturnIRP, this, nullptr, UsedAssumedInformation)) { 2827 auto &RetPosNoUndefAA = 2828 A.getAAFor<AANoUndef>(*this, ReturnIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 2829 if (RetPosNoUndefAA.isKnownNoUndef()) 2830 A.checkForAllInstructions(InspectReturnInstForUB, *this, 2831 {Instruction::Ret}, UsedAssumedInformation, 2832 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true); 2833 } 2834 } 2835 2836 if (NoUBPrevSize != AssumedNoUBInsts.size() || 2837 UBPrevSize != KnownUBInsts.size()) 2838 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 2839 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2840 } 2841 2842 bool isKnownToCauseUB(Instruction *I) const override { 2843 return KnownUBInsts.count(I); 2844 } 2845 2846 bool isAssumedToCauseUB(Instruction *I) const override { 2847 // In simple words, if an instruction is not in the assumed to _not_ 2848 // cause UB, then it is assumed UB (that includes those 2849 // in the KnownUBInsts set). The rest is boilerplate 2850 // is to ensure that it is one of the instructions we test 2851 // for UB. 2852 2853 switch (I->getOpcode()) { 2854 case Instruction::Load: 2855 case Instruction::Store: 2856 case Instruction::AtomicCmpXchg: 2857 case Instruction::AtomicRMW: 2858 return !AssumedNoUBInsts.count(I); 2859 case Instruction::Br: { 2860 auto *BrInst = cast<BranchInst>(I); 2861 if (BrInst->isUnconditional()) 2862 return false; 2863 return !AssumedNoUBInsts.count(I); 2864 } break; 2865 default: 2866 return false; 2867 } 2868 return false; 2869 } 2870 2871 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 2872 if (KnownUBInsts.empty()) 2873 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 2874 for (Instruction *I : KnownUBInsts) 2875 A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest(I); 2876 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 2877 } 2878 2879 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 2880 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 2881 return getAssumed() ? "undefined-behavior" : "no-ub"; 2882 } 2883 2884 /// Note: The correctness of this analysis depends on the fact that the 2885 /// following 2 sets will stop changing after some point. 2886 /// "Change" here means that their size changes. 2887 /// The size of each set is monotonically increasing 2888 /// (we only add items to them) and it is upper bounded by the number of 2889 /// instructions in the processed function (we can never save more 2890 /// elements in either set than this number). Hence, at some point, 2891 /// they will stop increasing. 2892 /// Consequently, at some point, both sets will have stopped 2893 /// changing, effectively making the analysis reach a fixpoint. 2894 2895 /// Note: These 2 sets are disjoint and an instruction can be considered 2896 /// one of 3 things: 2897 /// 1) Known to cause UB (AAUndefinedBehavior could prove it) and put it in 2898 /// the KnownUBInsts set. 2899 /// 2) Assumed to cause UB (in every updateImpl, AAUndefinedBehavior 2900 /// has a reason to assume it). 2901 /// 3) Assumed to not cause UB. very other instruction - AAUndefinedBehavior 2902 /// could not find a reason to assume or prove that it can cause UB, 2903 /// hence it assumes it doesn't. We have a set for these instructions 2904 /// so that we don't reprocess them in every update. 2905 /// Note however that instructions in this set may cause UB. 2906 2907 protected: 2908 /// A set of all live instructions _known_ to cause UB. 2909 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> KnownUBInsts; 2910 2911 private: 2912 /// A set of all the (live) instructions that are assumed to _not_ cause UB. 2913 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> AssumedNoUBInsts; 2914 2915 // Should be called on updates in which if we're processing an instruction 2916 // \p I that depends on a value \p V, one of the following has to happen: 2917 // - If the value is assumed, then stop. 2918 // - If the value is known but undef, then consider it UB. 2919 // - Otherwise, do specific processing with the simplified value. 2920 // We return None in the first 2 cases to signify that an appropriate 2921 // action was taken and the caller should stop. 2922 // Otherwise, we return the simplified value that the caller should 2923 // use for specific processing. 2924 Optional<Value *> stopOnUndefOrAssumed(Attributor &A, Value *V, 2925 Instruction *I) { 2926 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 2927 Optional<Value *> SimplifiedV = A.getAssumedSimplified( 2928 IRPosition::value(*V), *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 2929 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) { 2930 // Don't depend on assumed values. 2931 if (!SimplifiedV) { 2932 // If it is known (which we tested above) but it doesn't have a value, 2933 // then we can assume `undef` and hence the instruction is UB. 2934 KnownUBInsts.insert(I); 2935 return llvm::None; 2936 } 2937 if (!*SimplifiedV) 2938 return nullptr; 2939 V = *SimplifiedV; 2940 } 2941 if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) { 2942 KnownUBInsts.insert(I); 2943 return llvm::None; 2944 } 2945 return V; 2946 } 2947 }; 2948 2949 struct AAUndefinedBehaviorFunction final : AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl { 2950 AAUndefinedBehaviorFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2951 : AAUndefinedBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 2952 2953 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 2954 void trackStatistics() const override { 2955 STATS_DECL(UndefinedBehaviorInstruction, Instruction, 2956 "Number of instructions known to have UB"); 2957 BUILD_STAT_NAME(UndefinedBehaviorInstruction, Instruction) += 2958 KnownUBInsts.size(); 2959 } 2960 }; 2961 } // namespace 2962 2963 /// ------------------------ Will-Return Attributes ---------------------------- 2964 2965 namespace { 2966 // Helper function that checks whether a function has any cycle which we don't 2967 // know if it is bounded or not. 2968 // Loops with maximum trip count are considered bounded, any other cycle not. 2969 static bool mayContainUnboundedCycle(Function &F, Attributor &A) { 2970 ScalarEvolution *SE = 2971 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F); 2972 LoopInfo *LI = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>(F); 2973 // If either SCEV or LoopInfo is not available for the function then we assume 2974 // any cycle to be unbounded cycle. 2975 // We use scc_iterator which uses Tarjan algorithm to find all the maximal 2976 // SCCs.To detect if there's a cycle, we only need to find the maximal ones. 2977 if (!SE || !LI) { 2978 for (scc_iterator<Function *> SCCI = scc_begin(&F); !SCCI.isAtEnd(); ++SCCI) 2979 if (SCCI.hasCycle()) 2980 return true; 2981 return false; 2982 } 2983 2984 // If there's irreducible control, the function may contain non-loop cycles. 2985 if (mayContainIrreducibleControl(F, LI)) 2986 return true; 2987 2988 // Any loop that does not have a max trip count is considered unbounded cycle. 2989 for (auto *L : LI->getLoopsInPreorder()) { 2990 if (!SE->getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(L)) 2991 return true; 2992 } 2993 return false; 2994 } 2995 2996 struct AAWillReturnImpl : public AAWillReturn { 2997 AAWillReturnImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 2998 : AAWillReturn(IRP, A) {} 2999 3000 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3001 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3002 AAWillReturn::initialize(A); 3003 3004 if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ true)) { 3005 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3006 return; 3007 } 3008 } 3009 3010 /// Check for `mustprogress` and `readonly` as they imply `willreturn`. 3011 bool isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(Attributor &A, bool KnownOnly) { 3012 // Check for `mustprogress` in the scope and the associated function which 3013 // might be different if this is a call site. 3014 if ((!getAnchorScope() || !getAnchorScope()->mustProgress()) && 3015 (!getAssociatedFunction() || !getAssociatedFunction()->mustProgress())) 3016 return false; 3017 3018 bool IsKnown; 3019 if (AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown)) 3020 return IsKnown || !KnownOnly; 3021 return false; 3022 } 3023 3024 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3025 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3026 if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ false)) 3027 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3028 3029 auto CheckForWillReturn = [&](Instruction &I) { 3030 IRPosition IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(cast<CallBase>(I)); 3031 const auto &WillReturnAA = 3032 A.getAAFor<AAWillReturn>(*this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3033 if (WillReturnAA.isKnownWillReturn()) 3034 return true; 3035 if (!WillReturnAA.isAssumedWillReturn()) 3036 return false; 3037 const auto &NoRecurseAA = 3038 A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>(*this, IPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3039 return NoRecurseAA.isAssumedNoRecurse(); 3040 }; 3041 3042 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3043 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckForWillReturn, *this, 3044 UsedAssumedInformation)) 3045 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3046 3047 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3048 } 3049 3050 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 3051 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3052 return getAssumed() ? "willreturn" : "may-noreturn"; 3053 } 3054 }; 3055 3056 struct AAWillReturnFunction final : AAWillReturnImpl { 3057 AAWillReturnFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3058 : AAWillReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 3059 3060 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3061 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3062 AAWillReturnImpl::initialize(A); 3063 3064 Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 3065 if (!F || F->isDeclaration() || mayContainUnboundedCycle(*F, A)) 3066 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3067 } 3068 3069 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3070 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(willreturn) } 3071 }; 3072 3073 /// WillReturn attribute deduction for a call sites. 3074 struct AAWillReturnCallSite final : AAWillReturnImpl { 3075 AAWillReturnCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3076 : AAWillReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 3077 3078 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3079 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3080 AAWillReturnImpl::initialize(A); 3081 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3082 if (!F || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*F)) 3083 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3084 } 3085 3086 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3087 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3088 if (isImpliedByMustprogressAndReadonly(A, /* KnownOnly */ false)) 3089 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3090 3091 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 3092 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 3093 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 3094 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 3095 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3096 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 3097 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AAWillReturn>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3098 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 3099 } 3100 3101 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3102 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(willreturn); } 3103 }; 3104 } // namespace 3105 3106 /// -------------------AAReachability Attribute-------------------------- 3107 3108 namespace { 3109 struct AAReachabilityImpl : AAReachability { 3110 AAReachabilityImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3111 : AAReachability(IRP, A) {} 3112 3113 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3114 // TODO: Return the number of reachable queries. 3115 return "reachable"; 3116 } 3117 3118 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3119 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3120 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3121 } 3122 }; 3123 3124 struct AAReachabilityFunction final : public AAReachabilityImpl { 3125 AAReachabilityFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3126 : AAReachabilityImpl(IRP, A) {} 3127 3128 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3129 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(reachable); } 3130 }; 3131 } // namespace 3132 3133 /// ------------------------ NoAlias Argument Attribute ------------------------ 3134 3135 namespace { 3136 struct AANoAliasImpl : AANoAlias { 3137 AANoAliasImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoAlias(IRP, A) { 3138 assert(getAssociatedType()->isPointerTy() && 3139 "Noalias is a pointer attribute"); 3140 } 3141 3142 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3143 return getAssumed() ? "noalias" : "may-alias"; 3144 } 3145 }; 3146 3147 /// NoAlias attribute for a floating value. 3148 struct AANoAliasFloating final : AANoAliasImpl { 3149 AANoAliasFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3150 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3151 3152 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3153 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3154 AANoAliasImpl::initialize(A); 3155 Value *Val = &getAssociatedValue(); 3156 do { 3157 CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Val); 3158 if (!CI) 3159 break; 3160 Value *Base = CI->getOperand(0); 3161 if (!Base->hasOneUse()) 3162 break; 3163 Val = Base; 3164 } while (true); 3165 3166 if (!Val->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 3167 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3168 return; 3169 } 3170 3171 if (isa<AllocaInst>(Val)) 3172 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3173 else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Val) && 3174 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAnchorScope(), 3175 Val->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) 3176 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3177 else if (Val != &getAssociatedValue()) { 3178 const auto &ValNoAliasAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>( 3179 *this, IRPosition::value(*Val), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3180 if (ValNoAliasAA.isKnownNoAlias()) 3181 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3182 } 3183 } 3184 3185 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3186 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3187 // TODO: Implement this. 3188 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3189 } 3190 3191 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3192 void trackStatistics() const override { 3193 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(noalias) 3194 } 3195 }; 3196 3197 /// NoAlias attribute for an argument. 3198 struct AANoAliasArgument final 3199 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl> { 3200 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoAlias, AANoAliasImpl>; 3201 AANoAliasArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {} 3202 3203 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3204 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3205 Base::initialize(A); 3206 // See callsite argument attribute and callee argument attribute. 3207 if (hasAttr({Attribute::ByVal})) 3208 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3209 } 3210 3211 /// See AbstractAttribute::update(...). 3212 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3213 // We have to make sure no-alias on the argument does not break 3214 // synchronization when this is a callback argument, see also [1] below. 3215 // If synchronization cannot be affected, we delegate to the base updateImpl 3216 // function, otherwise we give up for now. 3217 3218 // If the function is no-sync, no-alias cannot break synchronization. 3219 const auto &NoSyncAA = 3220 A.getAAFor<AANoSync>(*this, IRPosition::function_scope(getIRPosition()), 3221 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3222 if (NoSyncAA.isAssumedNoSync()) 3223 return Base::updateImpl(A); 3224 3225 // If the argument is read-only, no-alias cannot break synchronization. 3226 bool IsKnown; 3227 if (AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown)) 3228 return Base::updateImpl(A); 3229 3230 // If the argument is never passed through callbacks, no-alias cannot break 3231 // synchronization. 3232 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3233 if (A.checkForAllCallSites( 3234 [](AbstractCallSite ACS) { return !ACS.isCallbackCall(); }, *this, 3235 true, UsedAssumedInformation)) 3236 return Base::updateImpl(A); 3237 3238 // TODO: add no-alias but make sure it doesn't break synchronization by 3239 // introducing fake uses. See: 3240 // [1] Compiler Optimizations for OpenMP, J. Doerfert and H. Finkel, 3241 // International Workshop on OpenMP 2018, 3242 // http://compilers.cs.uni-saarland.de/people/doerfert/par_opt18.pdf 3243 3244 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3245 } 3246 3247 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3248 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(noalias) } 3249 }; 3250 3251 struct AANoAliasCallSiteArgument final : AANoAliasImpl { 3252 AANoAliasCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3253 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3254 3255 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3256 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3257 // See callsite argument attribute and callee argument attribute. 3258 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue()); 3259 if (CB.paramHasAttr(getCallSiteArgNo(), Attribute::NoAlias)) 3260 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3261 Value &Val = getAssociatedValue(); 3262 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Val) && 3263 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAnchorScope(), 3264 Val.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) 3265 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 3266 } 3267 3268 /// Determine if the underlying value may alias with the call site argument 3269 /// \p OtherArgNo of \p ICS (= the underlying call site). 3270 bool mayAliasWithArgument(Attributor &A, AAResults *&AAR, 3271 const AAMemoryBehavior &MemBehaviorAA, 3272 const CallBase &CB, unsigned OtherArgNo) { 3273 // We do not need to worry about aliasing with the underlying IRP. 3274 if (this->getCalleeArgNo() == (int)OtherArgNo) 3275 return false; 3276 3277 // If it is not a pointer or pointer vector we do not alias. 3278 const Value *ArgOp = CB.getArgOperand(OtherArgNo); 3279 if (!ArgOp->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) 3280 return false; 3281 3282 auto &CBArgMemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>( 3283 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, OtherArgNo), DepClassTy::NONE); 3284 3285 // If the argument is readnone, there is no read-write aliasing. 3286 if (CBArgMemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadNone()) { 3287 A.recordDependence(CBArgMemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3288 return false; 3289 } 3290 3291 // If the argument is readonly and the underlying value is readonly, there 3292 // is no read-write aliasing. 3293 bool IsReadOnly = MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly(); 3294 if (CBArgMemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadOnly() && IsReadOnly) { 3295 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3296 A.recordDependence(CBArgMemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3297 return false; 3298 } 3299 3300 // We have to utilize actual alias analysis queries so we need the object. 3301 if (!AAR) 3302 AAR = A.getInfoCache().getAAResultsForFunction(*getAnchorScope()); 3303 3304 // Try to rule it out at the call site. 3305 bool IsAliasing = !AAR || !AAR->isNoAlias(&getAssociatedValue(), ArgOp); 3306 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[NoAliasCSArg] Check alias between " 3307 "callsite arguments: " 3308 << getAssociatedValue() << " " << *ArgOp << " => " 3309 << (IsAliasing ? "" : "no-") << "alias \n"); 3310 3311 return IsAliasing; 3312 } 3313 3314 bool 3315 isKnownNoAliasDueToNoAliasPreservation(Attributor &A, AAResults *&AAR, 3316 const AAMemoryBehavior &MemBehaviorAA, 3317 const AANoAlias &NoAliasAA) { 3318 // We can deduce "noalias" if the following conditions hold. 3319 // (i) Associated value is assumed to be noalias in the definition. 3320 // (ii) Associated value is assumed to be no-capture in all the uses 3321 // possibly executed before this callsite. 3322 // (iii) There is no other pointer argument which could alias with the 3323 // value. 3324 3325 bool AssociatedValueIsNoAliasAtDef = NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias(); 3326 if (!AssociatedValueIsNoAliasAtDef) { 3327 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoAlias] " << getAssociatedValue() 3328 << " is not no-alias at the definition\n"); 3329 return false; 3330 } 3331 3332 auto IsDereferenceableOrNull = [&](Value *O, const DataLayout &DL) { 3333 const auto &DerefAA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>( 3334 *this, IRPosition::value(*O), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3335 return DerefAA.getAssumedDereferenceableBytes(); 3336 }; 3337 3338 A.recordDependence(NoAliasAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3339 3340 const IRPosition &VIRP = IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()); 3341 const Function *ScopeFn = VIRP.getAnchorScope(); 3342 auto &NoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, VIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3343 // Check whether the value is captured in the scope using AANoCapture. 3344 // Look at CFG and check only uses possibly executed before this 3345 // callsite. 3346 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 3347 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 3348 3349 // If UserI is the curr instruction and there is a single potential use of 3350 // the value in UserI we allow the use. 3351 // TODO: We should inspect the operands and allow those that cannot alias 3352 // with the value. 3353 if (UserI == getCtxI() && UserI->getNumOperands() == 1) 3354 return true; 3355 3356 if (ScopeFn) { 3357 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 3358 if (CB->isArgOperand(&U)) { 3359 3360 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 3361 3362 const auto &NoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>( 3363 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 3364 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3365 3366 if (NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture()) 3367 return true; 3368 } 3369 } 3370 3371 if (!AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, *UserI, *getCtxI(), *this)) 3372 return true; 3373 } 3374 3375 // TODO: We should track the capturing uses in AANoCapture but the problem 3376 // is CGSCC runs. For those we would need to "allow" AANoCapture for 3377 // a value in the module slice. 3378 switch (DetermineUseCaptureKind(U, IsDereferenceableOrNull)) { 3379 case UseCaptureKind::NO_CAPTURE: 3380 return true; 3381 case UseCaptureKind::MAY_CAPTURE: 3382 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoAliasCSArg] Unknown user: " << *UserI 3383 << "\n"); 3384 return false; 3385 case UseCaptureKind::PASSTHROUGH: 3386 Follow = true; 3387 return true; 3388 } 3389 llvm_unreachable("unknown UseCaptureKind"); 3390 }; 3391 3392 if (!NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) { 3393 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, getAssociatedValue())) { 3394 LLVM_DEBUG( 3395 dbgs() << "[AANoAliasCSArg] " << getAssociatedValue() 3396 << " cannot be noalias as it is potentially captured\n"); 3397 return false; 3398 } 3399 } 3400 A.recordDependence(NoCaptureAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3401 3402 // Check there is no other pointer argument which could alias with the 3403 // value passed at this call site. 3404 // TODO: AbstractCallSite 3405 const auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue()); 3406 for (unsigned OtherArgNo = 0; OtherArgNo < CB.arg_size(); OtherArgNo++) 3407 if (mayAliasWithArgument(A, AAR, MemBehaviorAA, CB, OtherArgNo)) 3408 return false; 3409 3410 return true; 3411 } 3412 3413 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3414 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3415 // If the argument is readnone we are done as there are no accesses via the 3416 // argument. 3417 auto &MemBehaviorAA = 3418 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 3419 if (MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadNone()) { 3420 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3421 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3422 } 3423 3424 const IRPosition &VIRP = IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()); 3425 const auto &NoAliasAA = 3426 A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, VIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3427 3428 AAResults *AAR = nullptr; 3429 if (isKnownNoAliasDueToNoAliasPreservation(A, AAR, MemBehaviorAA, 3430 NoAliasAA)) { 3431 LLVM_DEBUG( 3432 dbgs() << "[AANoAlias] No-Alias deduced via no-alias preservation\n"); 3433 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3434 } 3435 3436 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3437 } 3438 3439 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3440 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(noalias) } 3441 }; 3442 3443 /// NoAlias attribute for function return value. 3444 struct AANoAliasReturned final : AANoAliasImpl { 3445 AANoAliasReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3446 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3447 3448 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3449 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3450 AANoAliasImpl::initialize(A); 3451 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3452 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 3453 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3454 } 3455 3456 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3457 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3458 3459 auto CheckReturnValue = [&](Value &RV) -> bool { 3460 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(&RV)) 3461 if (C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) 3462 return true; 3463 3464 /// For now, we can only deduce noalias if we have call sites. 3465 /// FIXME: add more support. 3466 if (!isa<CallBase>(&RV)) 3467 return false; 3468 3469 const IRPosition &RVPos = IRPosition::value(RV); 3470 const auto &NoAliasAA = 3471 A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3472 if (!NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias()) 3473 return false; 3474 3475 const auto &NoCaptureAA = 3476 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, RVPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3477 return NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned(); 3478 }; 3479 3480 if (!A.checkForAllReturnedValues(CheckReturnValue, *this)) 3481 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3482 3483 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3484 } 3485 3486 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3487 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noalias) } 3488 }; 3489 3490 /// NoAlias attribute deduction for a call site return value. 3491 struct AANoAliasCallSiteReturned final : AANoAliasImpl { 3492 AANoAliasCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3493 : AANoAliasImpl(IRP, A) {} 3494 3495 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3496 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3497 AANoAliasImpl::initialize(A); 3498 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3499 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 3500 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3501 } 3502 3503 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3504 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3505 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 3506 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 3507 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 3508 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 3509 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 3510 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::returned(*F); 3511 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3512 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 3513 } 3514 3515 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3516 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(noalias); } 3517 }; 3518 } // namespace 3519 3520 /// -------------------AAIsDead Function Attribute----------------------- 3521 3522 namespace { 3523 struct AAIsDeadValueImpl : public AAIsDead { 3524 AAIsDeadValueImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAIsDead(IRP, A) {} 3525 3526 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3527 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3528 if (auto *Scope = getAnchorScope()) 3529 if (!A.isRunOn(*Scope)) 3530 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3531 } 3532 3533 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(). 3534 bool isAssumedDead() const override { return isAssumed(IS_DEAD); } 3535 3536 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(). 3537 bool isKnownDead() const override { return isKnown(IS_DEAD); } 3538 3539 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(BasicBlock *). 3540 bool isAssumedDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { return false; } 3541 3542 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(BasicBlock *). 3543 bool isKnownDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { return false; } 3544 3545 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(Instruction *I). 3546 bool isAssumedDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3547 return I == getCtxI() && isAssumedDead(); 3548 } 3549 3550 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(Instruction *I). 3551 bool isKnownDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3552 return isAssumedDead(I) && isKnownDead(); 3553 } 3554 3555 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3556 virtual const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3557 return isAssumedDead() ? "assumed-dead" : "assumed-live"; 3558 } 3559 3560 /// Check if all uses are assumed dead. 3561 bool areAllUsesAssumedDead(Attributor &A, Value &V) { 3562 // Callers might not check the type, void has no uses. 3563 if (V.getType()->isVoidTy() || V.use_empty()) 3564 return true; 3565 3566 // If we replace a value with a constant there are no uses left afterwards. 3567 if (!isa<Constant>(V)) { 3568 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) 3569 if (!A.isRunOn(*I->getFunction())) 3570 return false; 3571 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3572 Optional<Constant *> C = 3573 A.getAssumedConstant(V, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 3574 if (!C || *C) 3575 return true; 3576 } 3577 3578 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) { return false; }; 3579 // Explicitly set the dependence class to required because we want a long 3580 // chain of N dependent instructions to be considered live as soon as one is 3581 // without going through N update cycles. This is not required for 3582 // correctness. 3583 return A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, V, /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false, 3584 DepClassTy::REQUIRED, 3585 /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ false); 3586 } 3587 3588 /// Determine if \p I is assumed to be side-effect free. 3589 bool isAssumedSideEffectFree(Attributor &A, Instruction *I) { 3590 if (!I || wouldInstructionBeTriviallyDead(I)) 3591 return true; 3592 3593 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I); 3594 if (!CB || isa<IntrinsicInst>(CB)) 3595 return false; 3596 3597 const IRPosition &CallIRP = IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB); 3598 const auto &NoUnwindAA = 3599 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoUnwind>(*this, CallIRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 3600 if (!NoUnwindAA.isAssumedNoUnwind()) 3601 return false; 3602 if (!NoUnwindAA.isKnownNoUnwind()) 3603 A.recordDependence(NoUnwindAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3604 3605 bool IsKnown; 3606 return AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, CallIRP, *this, IsKnown); 3607 } 3608 }; 3609 3610 struct AAIsDeadFloating : public AAIsDeadValueImpl { 3611 AAIsDeadFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3612 : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {} 3613 3614 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3615 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3616 AAIsDeadValueImpl::initialize(A); 3617 3618 if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) { 3619 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3620 return; 3621 } 3622 3623 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 3624 if (!isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I)) { 3625 if (!isa_and_nonnull<StoreInst>(I)) 3626 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3627 else 3628 removeAssumedBits(HAS_NO_EFFECT); 3629 } 3630 } 3631 3632 bool isDeadStore(Attributor &A, StoreInst &SI) { 3633 // Lang ref now states volatile store is not UB/dead, let's skip them. 3634 if (SI.isVolatile()) 3635 return false; 3636 3637 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3638 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies; 3639 if (!AA::getPotentialCopiesOfStoredValue(A, SI, PotentialCopies, *this, 3640 UsedAssumedInformation)) 3641 return false; 3642 return llvm::all_of(PotentialCopies, [&](Value *V) { 3643 return A.isAssumedDead(IRPosition::value(*V), this, nullptr, 3644 UsedAssumedInformation); 3645 }); 3646 } 3647 3648 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3649 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3650 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 3651 if (isa_and_nonnull<StoreInst>(I)) 3652 if (isValidState()) 3653 return "assumed-dead-store"; 3654 return AAIsDeadValueImpl::getAsStr(); 3655 } 3656 3657 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3658 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3659 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 3660 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast_or_null<StoreInst>(I)) { 3661 if (!isDeadStore(A, *SI)) 3662 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3663 } else { 3664 if (!isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I)) 3665 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3666 if (!areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, getAssociatedValue())) 3667 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3668 } 3669 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3670 } 3671 3672 bool isRemovableStore() const override { 3673 return isAssumed(IS_REMOVABLE) && isa<StoreInst>(&getAssociatedValue()); 3674 } 3675 3676 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3677 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3678 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 3679 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) { 3680 // If we get here we basically know the users are all dead. We check if 3681 // isAssumedSideEffectFree returns true here again because it might not be 3682 // the case and only the users are dead but the instruction (=call) is 3683 // still needed. 3684 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || 3685 (isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, I) && !isa<InvokeInst>(I))) { 3686 A.deleteAfterManifest(*I); 3687 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3688 } 3689 } 3690 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3691 } 3692 3693 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3694 void trackStatistics() const override { 3695 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(IsDead) 3696 } 3697 }; 3698 3699 struct AAIsDeadArgument : public AAIsDeadFloating { 3700 AAIsDeadArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3701 : AAIsDeadFloating(IRP, A) {} 3702 3703 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3704 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3705 AAIsDeadFloating::initialize(A); 3706 if (!A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*getAnchorScope())) 3707 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3708 } 3709 3710 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3711 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3712 Argument &Arg = *getAssociatedArgument(); 3713 if (A.isValidFunctionSignatureRewrite(Arg, /* ReplacementTypes */ {})) 3714 if (A.registerFunctionSignatureRewrite( 3715 Arg, /* ReplacementTypes */ {}, 3716 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::CalleeRepairCBTy{}, 3717 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::ACSRepairCBTy{})) { 3718 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3719 } 3720 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3721 } 3722 3723 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3724 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(IsDead) } 3725 }; 3726 3727 struct AAIsDeadCallSiteArgument : public AAIsDeadValueImpl { 3728 AAIsDeadCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3729 : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {} 3730 3731 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3732 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3733 AAIsDeadValueImpl::initialize(A); 3734 if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) 3735 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3736 } 3737 3738 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3739 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3740 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 3741 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 3742 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 3743 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 3744 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 3745 if (!Arg) 3746 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3747 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 3748 auto &ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 3749 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 3750 } 3751 3752 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3753 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3754 CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(getAnchorValue()); 3755 Use &U = CB.getArgOperandUse(getCallSiteArgNo()); 3756 assert(!isa<UndefValue>(U.get()) && 3757 "Expected undef values to be filtered out!"); 3758 UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(U->getType()); 3759 if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, UV)) 3760 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3761 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3762 } 3763 3764 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3765 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(IsDead) } 3766 }; 3767 3768 struct AAIsDeadCallSiteReturned : public AAIsDeadFloating { 3769 AAIsDeadCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3770 : AAIsDeadFloating(IRP, A) {} 3771 3772 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(). 3773 bool isAssumedDead() const override { 3774 return AAIsDeadFloating::isAssumedDead() && IsAssumedSideEffectFree; 3775 } 3776 3777 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3778 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3779 AAIsDeadFloating::initialize(A); 3780 if (isa<UndefValue>(getAssociatedValue())) { 3781 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3782 return; 3783 } 3784 3785 // We track this separately as a secondary state. 3786 IsAssumedSideEffectFree = isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, getCtxI()); 3787 } 3788 3789 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3790 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3791 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3792 if (IsAssumedSideEffectFree && !isAssumedSideEffectFree(A, getCtxI())) { 3793 IsAssumedSideEffectFree = false; 3794 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3795 } 3796 if (!areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, getAssociatedValue())) 3797 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3798 return Changed; 3799 } 3800 3801 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3802 void trackStatistics() const override { 3803 if (IsAssumedSideEffectFree) 3804 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(IsDead) 3805 else 3806 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(UnusedResult) 3807 } 3808 3809 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3810 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3811 return isAssumedDead() 3812 ? "assumed-dead" 3813 : (getAssumed() ? "assumed-dead-users" : "assumed-live"); 3814 } 3815 3816 private: 3817 bool IsAssumedSideEffectFree = true; 3818 }; 3819 3820 struct AAIsDeadReturned : public AAIsDeadValueImpl { 3821 AAIsDeadReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 3822 : AAIsDeadValueImpl(IRP, A) {} 3823 3824 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3825 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 3826 3827 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3828 A.checkForAllInstructions([](Instruction &) { return true; }, *this, 3829 {Instruction::Ret}, UsedAssumedInformation); 3830 3831 auto PredForCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 3832 if (ACS.isCallbackCall() || !ACS.getInstruction()) 3833 return false; 3834 return areAllUsesAssumedDead(A, *ACS.getInstruction()); 3835 }; 3836 3837 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(PredForCallSite, *this, true, 3838 UsedAssumedInformation)) 3839 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3840 3841 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3842 } 3843 3844 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3845 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3846 // TODO: Rewrite the signature to return void? 3847 bool AnyChange = false; 3848 UndefValue &UV = *UndefValue::get(getAssociatedFunction()->getReturnType()); 3849 auto RetInstPred = [&](Instruction &I) { 3850 ReturnInst &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I); 3851 if (!isa<UndefValue>(RI.getReturnValue())) 3852 AnyChange |= A.changeUseAfterManifest(RI.getOperandUse(0), UV); 3853 return true; 3854 }; 3855 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 3856 A.checkForAllInstructions(RetInstPred, *this, {Instruction::Ret}, 3857 UsedAssumedInformation); 3858 return AnyChange ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3859 } 3860 3861 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3862 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(IsDead) } 3863 }; 3864 3865 struct AAIsDeadFunction : public AAIsDead { 3866 AAIsDeadFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAIsDead(IRP, A) {} 3867 3868 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 3869 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 3870 Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 3871 if (!F || F->isDeclaration() || !A.isRunOn(*F)) { 3872 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 3873 return; 3874 } 3875 ToBeExploredFrom.insert(&F->getEntryBlock().front()); 3876 assumeLive(A, F->getEntryBlock()); 3877 } 3878 3879 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 3880 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 3881 return "Live[#BB " + std::to_string(AssumedLiveBlocks.size()) + "/" + 3882 std::to_string(getAnchorScope()->size()) + "][#TBEP " + 3883 std::to_string(ToBeExploredFrom.size()) + "][#KDE " + 3884 std::to_string(KnownDeadEnds.size()) + "]"; 3885 } 3886 3887 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 3888 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 3889 assert(getState().isValidState() && 3890 "Attempted to manifest an invalid state!"); 3891 3892 ChangeStatus HasChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 3893 Function &F = *getAnchorScope(); 3894 3895 if (AssumedLiveBlocks.empty()) { 3896 A.deleteAfterManifest(F); 3897 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3898 } 3899 3900 // Flag to determine if we can change an invoke to a call assuming the 3901 // callee is nounwind. This is not possible if the personality of the 3902 // function allows to catch asynchronous exceptions. 3903 bool Invoke2CallAllowed = !mayCatchAsynchronousExceptions(F); 3904 3905 KnownDeadEnds.set_union(ToBeExploredFrom); 3906 for (const Instruction *DeadEndI : KnownDeadEnds) { 3907 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(DeadEndI); 3908 if (!CB) 3909 continue; 3910 const auto &NoReturnAA = A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoReturn>( 3911 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 3912 bool MayReturn = !NoReturnAA.isAssumedNoReturn(); 3913 if (MayReturn && (!Invoke2CallAllowed || !isa<InvokeInst>(CB))) 3914 continue; 3915 3916 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(DeadEndI)) 3917 A.registerInvokeWithDeadSuccessor(const_cast<InvokeInst &>(*II)); 3918 else 3919 A.changeToUnreachableAfterManifest( 3920 const_cast<Instruction *>(DeadEndI->getNextNode())); 3921 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3922 } 3923 3924 STATS_DECL(AAIsDead, BasicBlock, "Number of dead basic blocks deleted."); 3925 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) 3926 if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.count(&BB)) { 3927 A.deleteAfterManifest(BB); 3928 ++BUILD_STAT_NAME(AAIsDead, BasicBlock); 3929 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 3930 } 3931 3932 return HasChanged; 3933 } 3934 3935 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 3936 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 3937 3938 bool isEdgeDead(const BasicBlock *From, const BasicBlock *To) const override { 3939 assert(From->getParent() == getAnchorScope() && 3940 To->getParent() == getAnchorScope() && 3941 "Used AAIsDead of the wrong function"); 3942 return isValidState() && !AssumedLiveEdges.count(std::make_pair(From, To)); 3943 } 3944 3945 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 3946 void trackStatistics() const override {} 3947 3948 /// Returns true if the function is assumed dead. 3949 bool isAssumedDead() const override { return false; } 3950 3951 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(). 3952 bool isKnownDead() const override { return false; } 3953 3954 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumedDead(BasicBlock *). 3955 bool isAssumedDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { 3956 assert(BB->getParent() == getAnchorScope() && 3957 "BB must be in the same anchor scope function."); 3958 3959 if (!getAssumed()) 3960 return false; 3961 return !AssumedLiveBlocks.count(BB); 3962 } 3963 3964 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(BasicBlock *). 3965 bool isKnownDead(const BasicBlock *BB) const override { 3966 return getKnown() && isAssumedDead(BB); 3967 } 3968 3969 /// See AAIsDead::isAssumed(Instruction *I). 3970 bool isAssumedDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3971 assert(I->getParent()->getParent() == getAnchorScope() && 3972 "Instruction must be in the same anchor scope function."); 3973 3974 if (!getAssumed()) 3975 return false; 3976 3977 // If it is not in AssumedLiveBlocks then it for sure dead. 3978 // Otherwise, it can still be after noreturn call in a live block. 3979 if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.count(I->getParent())) 3980 return true; 3981 3982 // If it is not after a liveness barrier it is live. 3983 const Instruction *PrevI = I->getPrevNode(); 3984 while (PrevI) { 3985 if (KnownDeadEnds.count(PrevI) || ToBeExploredFrom.count(PrevI)) 3986 return true; 3987 PrevI = PrevI->getPrevNode(); 3988 } 3989 return false; 3990 } 3991 3992 /// See AAIsDead::isKnownDead(Instruction *I). 3993 bool isKnownDead(const Instruction *I) const override { 3994 return getKnown() && isAssumedDead(I); 3995 } 3996 3997 /// Assume \p BB is (partially) live now and indicate to the Attributor \p A 3998 /// that internal function called from \p BB should now be looked at. 3999 bool assumeLive(Attributor &A, const BasicBlock &BB) { 4000 if (!AssumedLiveBlocks.insert(&BB).second) 4001 return false; 4002 4003 // We assume that all of BB is (probably) live now and if there are calls to 4004 // internal functions we will assume that those are now live as well. This 4005 // is a performance optimization for blocks with calls to a lot of internal 4006 // functions. It can however cause dead functions to be treated as live. 4007 for (const Instruction &I : BB) 4008 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) 4009 if (const Function *F = CB->getCalledFunction()) 4010 if (F->hasLocalLinkage()) 4011 A.markLiveInternalFunction(*F); 4012 return true; 4013 } 4014 4015 /// Collection of instructions that need to be explored again, e.g., we 4016 /// did assume they do not transfer control to (one of their) successors. 4017 SmallSetVector<const Instruction *, 8> ToBeExploredFrom; 4018 4019 /// Collection of instructions that are known to not transfer control. 4020 SmallSetVector<const Instruction *, 8> KnownDeadEnds; 4021 4022 /// Collection of all assumed live edges 4023 DenseSet<std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>> AssumedLiveEdges; 4024 4025 /// Collection of all assumed live BasicBlocks. 4026 DenseSet<const BasicBlock *> AssumedLiveBlocks; 4027 }; 4028 4029 static bool 4030 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const CallBase &CB, 4031 AbstractAttribute &AA, 4032 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 4033 const IRPosition &IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(CB); 4034 4035 const auto &NoReturnAA = 4036 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoReturn>(AA, IPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4037 if (NoReturnAA.isAssumedNoReturn()) 4038 return !NoReturnAA.isKnownNoReturn(); 4039 if (CB.isTerminator()) 4040 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&CB.getSuccessor(0)->front()); 4041 else 4042 AliveSuccessors.push_back(CB.getNextNode()); 4043 return false; 4044 } 4045 4046 static bool 4047 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const InvokeInst &II, 4048 AbstractAttribute &AA, 4049 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 4050 bool UsedAssumedInformation = 4051 identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<CallBase>(II), AA, AliveSuccessors); 4052 4053 // First, determine if we can change an invoke to a call assuming the 4054 // callee is nounwind. This is not possible if the personality of the 4055 // function allows to catch asynchronous exceptions. 4056 if (AAIsDeadFunction::mayCatchAsynchronousExceptions(*II.getFunction())) { 4057 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&II.getUnwindDest()->front()); 4058 } else { 4059 const IRPosition &IPos = IRPosition::callsite_function(II); 4060 const auto &AANoUnw = 4061 A.getAndUpdateAAFor<AANoUnwind>(AA, IPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4062 if (AANoUnw.isAssumedNoUnwind()) { 4063 UsedAssumedInformation |= !AANoUnw.isKnownNoUnwind(); 4064 } else { 4065 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&II.getUnwindDest()->front()); 4066 } 4067 } 4068 return UsedAssumedInformation; 4069 } 4070 4071 static bool 4072 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const BranchInst &BI, 4073 AbstractAttribute &AA, 4074 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 4075 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4076 if (BI.getNumSuccessors() == 1) { 4077 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(0)->front()); 4078 } else { 4079 Optional<Constant *> C = 4080 A.getAssumedConstant(*BI.getCondition(), AA, UsedAssumedInformation); 4081 if (!C || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(*C)) { 4082 // No value yet, assume both edges are dead. 4083 } else if (isa_and_nonnull<ConstantInt>(*C)) { 4084 const BasicBlock *SuccBB = 4085 BI.getSuccessor(1 - cast<ConstantInt>(*C)->getValue().getZExtValue()); 4086 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front()); 4087 } else { 4088 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(0)->front()); 4089 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&BI.getSuccessor(1)->front()); 4090 UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4091 } 4092 } 4093 return UsedAssumedInformation; 4094 } 4095 4096 static bool 4097 identifyAliveSuccessors(Attributor &A, const SwitchInst &SI, 4098 AbstractAttribute &AA, 4099 SmallVectorImpl<const Instruction *> &AliveSuccessors) { 4100 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4101 Optional<Constant *> C = 4102 A.getAssumedConstant(*SI.getCondition(), AA, UsedAssumedInformation); 4103 if (!C || isa_and_nonnull<UndefValue>(C.getValue())) { 4104 // No value yet, assume all edges are dead. 4105 } else if (isa_and_nonnull<ConstantInt>(C.getValue())) { 4106 for (auto &CaseIt : SI.cases()) { 4107 if (CaseIt.getCaseValue() == C.getValue()) { 4108 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&CaseIt.getCaseSuccessor()->front()); 4109 return UsedAssumedInformation; 4110 } 4111 } 4112 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SI.getDefaultDest()->front()); 4113 return UsedAssumedInformation; 4114 } else { 4115 for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(SI.getParent())) 4116 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front()); 4117 } 4118 return UsedAssumedInformation; 4119 } 4120 4121 ChangeStatus AAIsDeadFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 4122 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4123 4124 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Live [" << AssumedLiveBlocks.size() << "/" 4125 << getAnchorScope()->size() << "] BBs and " 4126 << ToBeExploredFrom.size() << " exploration points and " 4127 << KnownDeadEnds.size() << " known dead ends\n"); 4128 4129 // Copy and clear the list of instructions we need to explore from. It is 4130 // refilled with instructions the next update has to look at. 4131 SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> Worklist(ToBeExploredFrom.begin(), 4132 ToBeExploredFrom.end()); 4133 decltype(ToBeExploredFrom) NewToBeExploredFrom; 4134 4135 SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> AliveSuccessors; 4136 while (!Worklist.empty()) { 4137 const Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val(); 4138 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] Exploration inst: " << *I << "\n"); 4139 4140 // Fast forward for uninteresting instructions. We could look for UB here 4141 // though. 4142 while (!I->isTerminator() && !isa<CallBase>(I)) 4143 I = I->getNextNode(); 4144 4145 AliveSuccessors.clear(); 4146 4147 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4148 switch (I->getOpcode()) { 4149 // TODO: look for (assumed) UB to backwards propagate "deadness". 4150 default: 4151 assert(I->isTerminator() && 4152 "Expected non-terminators to be handled already!"); 4153 for (const BasicBlock *SuccBB : successors(I->getParent())) 4154 AliveSuccessors.push_back(&SuccBB->front()); 4155 break; 4156 case Instruction::Call: 4157 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<CallInst>(*I), 4158 *this, AliveSuccessors); 4159 break; 4160 case Instruction::Invoke: 4161 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<InvokeInst>(*I), 4162 *this, AliveSuccessors); 4163 break; 4164 case Instruction::Br: 4165 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<BranchInst>(*I), 4166 *this, AliveSuccessors); 4167 break; 4168 case Instruction::Switch: 4169 UsedAssumedInformation = identifyAliveSuccessors(A, cast<SwitchInst>(*I), 4170 *this, AliveSuccessors); 4171 break; 4172 } 4173 4174 if (UsedAssumedInformation) { 4175 NewToBeExploredFrom.insert(I); 4176 } else if (AliveSuccessors.empty() || 4177 (I->isTerminator() && 4178 AliveSuccessors.size() < I->getNumSuccessors())) { 4179 if (KnownDeadEnds.insert(I)) 4180 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4181 } 4182 4183 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAIsDead] #AliveSuccessors: " 4184 << AliveSuccessors.size() << " UsedAssumedInformation: " 4185 << UsedAssumedInformation << "\n"); 4186 4187 for (const Instruction *AliveSuccessor : AliveSuccessors) { 4188 if (!I->isTerminator()) { 4189 assert(AliveSuccessors.size() == 1 && 4190 "Non-terminator expected to have a single successor!"); 4191 Worklist.push_back(AliveSuccessor); 4192 } else { 4193 // record the assumed live edge 4194 auto Edge = std::make_pair(I->getParent(), AliveSuccessor->getParent()); 4195 if (AssumedLiveEdges.insert(Edge).second) 4196 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4197 if (assumeLive(A, *AliveSuccessor->getParent())) 4198 Worklist.push_back(AliveSuccessor); 4199 } 4200 } 4201 } 4202 4203 // Check if the content of ToBeExploredFrom changed, ignore the order. 4204 if (NewToBeExploredFrom.size() != ToBeExploredFrom.size() || 4205 llvm::any_of(NewToBeExploredFrom, [&](const Instruction *I) { 4206 return !ToBeExploredFrom.count(I); 4207 })) { 4208 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4209 ToBeExploredFrom = std::move(NewToBeExploredFrom); 4210 } 4211 4212 // If we know everything is live there is no need to query for liveness. 4213 // Instead, indicating a pessimistic fixpoint will cause the state to be 4214 // "invalid" and all queries to be answered conservatively without lookups. 4215 // To be in this state we have to (1) finished the exploration and (3) not 4216 // discovered any non-trivial dead end and (2) not ruled unreachable code 4217 // dead. 4218 if (ToBeExploredFrom.empty() && 4219 getAnchorScope()->size() == AssumedLiveBlocks.size() && 4220 llvm::all_of(KnownDeadEnds, [](const Instruction *DeadEndI) { 4221 return DeadEndI->isTerminator() && DeadEndI->getNumSuccessors() == 0; 4222 })) 4223 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4224 return Change; 4225 } 4226 4227 /// Liveness information for a call sites. 4228 struct AAIsDeadCallSite final : AAIsDeadFunction { 4229 AAIsDeadCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4230 : AAIsDeadFunction(IRP, A) {} 4231 4232 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4233 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4234 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 4235 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 4236 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites instead of 4237 // redirecting requests to the callee. 4238 llvm_unreachable("Abstract attributes for liveness are not " 4239 "supported for call sites yet!"); 4240 } 4241 4242 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4243 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4244 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4245 } 4246 4247 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4248 void trackStatistics() const override {} 4249 }; 4250 } // namespace 4251 4252 /// -------------------- Dereferenceable Argument Attribute -------------------- 4253 4254 namespace { 4255 struct AADereferenceableImpl : AADereferenceable { 4256 AADereferenceableImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4257 : AADereferenceable(IRP, A) {} 4258 using StateType = DerefState; 4259 4260 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4261 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4262 Value &V = *getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts(); 4263 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> Attrs; 4264 getAttrs({Attribute::Dereferenceable, Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull}, 4265 Attrs, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ false, &A); 4266 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) 4267 takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(Attr.getValueAsInt()); 4268 4269 const IRPosition &IRP = this->getIRPosition(); 4270 NonNullAA = &A.getAAFor<AANonNull>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 4271 4272 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed; 4273 takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(V.getPointerDereferenceableBytes( 4274 A.getDataLayout(), CanBeNull, CanBeFreed)); 4275 4276 bool IsFnInterface = IRP.isFnInterfaceKind(); 4277 Function *FnScope = IRP.getAnchorScope(); 4278 if (IsFnInterface && (!FnScope || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*FnScope))) { 4279 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4280 return; 4281 } 4282 4283 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 4284 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 4285 } 4286 4287 /// See AbstractAttribute::getState() 4288 /// { 4289 StateType &getState() override { return *this; } 4290 const StateType &getState() const override { return *this; } 4291 /// } 4292 4293 /// Helper function for collecting accessed bytes in must-be-executed-context 4294 void addAccessedBytesForUse(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 4295 DerefState &State) { 4296 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 4297 if (!UseV->getType()->isPointerTy()) 4298 return; 4299 4300 Optional<MemoryLocation> Loc = MemoryLocation::getOrNone(I); 4301 if (!Loc || Loc->Ptr != UseV || !Loc->Size.isPrecise() || I->isVolatile()) 4302 return; 4303 4304 int64_t Offset; 4305 const Value *Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset( 4306 Loc->Ptr, Offset, A.getDataLayout(), /*AllowNonInbounds*/ true); 4307 if (Base && Base == &getAssociatedValue()) 4308 State.addAccessedBytes(Offset, Loc->Size.getValue()); 4309 } 4310 4311 /// See followUsesInMBEC 4312 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 4313 AADereferenceable::StateType &State) { 4314 bool IsNonNull = false; 4315 bool TrackUse = false; 4316 int64_t DerefBytes = getKnownNonNullAndDerefBytesForUse( 4317 A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, IsNonNull, TrackUse); 4318 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AADereferenceable] Deref bytes: " << DerefBytes 4319 << " for instruction " << *I << "\n"); 4320 4321 addAccessedBytesForUse(A, U, I, State); 4322 State.takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum(DerefBytes); 4323 return TrackUse; 4324 } 4325 4326 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4327 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4328 ChangeStatus Change = AADereferenceable::manifest(A); 4329 if (isAssumedNonNull() && hasAttr(Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull)) { 4330 removeAttrs({Attribute::DereferenceableOrNull}); 4331 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4332 } 4333 return Change; 4334 } 4335 4336 void getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 4337 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 4338 // TODO: Add *_globally support 4339 if (isAssumedNonNull()) 4340 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithDereferenceableBytes( 4341 Ctx, getAssumedDereferenceableBytes())); 4342 else 4343 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::getWithDereferenceableOrNullBytes( 4344 Ctx, getAssumedDereferenceableBytes())); 4345 } 4346 4347 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 4348 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4349 if (!getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()) 4350 return "unknown-dereferenceable"; 4351 return std::string("dereferenceable") + 4352 (isAssumedNonNull() ? "" : "_or_null") + 4353 (isAssumedGlobal() ? "_globally" : "") + "<" + 4354 std::to_string(getKnownDereferenceableBytes()) + "-" + 4355 std::to_string(getAssumedDereferenceableBytes()) + ">"; 4356 } 4357 }; 4358 4359 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a floating value. 4360 struct AADereferenceableFloating : AADereferenceableImpl { 4361 AADereferenceableFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4362 : AADereferenceableImpl(IRP, A) {} 4363 4364 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4365 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4366 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4367 4368 auto VisitValueCB = [&](const Value &V, const Instruction *, DerefState &T, 4369 bool Stripped) -> bool { 4370 unsigned IdxWidth = 4371 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(V.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()); 4372 APInt Offset(IdxWidth, 0); 4373 const Value *Base = stripAndAccumulateOffsets( 4374 A, *this, &V, DL, Offset, /* GetMinOffset */ false, 4375 /* AllowNonInbounds */ true); 4376 4377 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>( 4378 *this, IRPosition::value(*Base), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4379 int64_t DerefBytes = 0; 4380 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 4381 // Use IR information if we did not strip anything. 4382 // TODO: track globally. 4383 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed; 4384 DerefBytes = 4385 Base->getPointerDereferenceableBytes(DL, CanBeNull, CanBeFreed); 4386 T.GlobalState.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4387 } else { 4388 const DerefState &DS = AA.getState(); 4389 DerefBytes = DS.DerefBytesState.getAssumed(); 4390 T.GlobalState &= DS.GlobalState; 4391 } 4392 4393 // For now we do not try to "increase" dereferenceability due to negative 4394 // indices as we first have to come up with code to deal with loops and 4395 // for overflows of the dereferenceable bytes. 4396 int64_t OffsetSExt = Offset.getSExtValue(); 4397 if (OffsetSExt < 0) 4398 OffsetSExt = 0; 4399 4400 T.takeAssumedDerefBytesMinimum( 4401 std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes - OffsetSExt)); 4402 4403 if (this == &AA) { 4404 if (!Stripped) { 4405 // If nothing was stripped IR information is all we got. 4406 T.takeKnownDerefBytesMaximum( 4407 std::max(int64_t(0), DerefBytes - OffsetSExt)); 4408 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4409 } else if (OffsetSExt > 0) { 4410 // If something was stripped but there is circular reasoning we look 4411 // for the offset. If it is positive we basically decrease the 4412 // dereferenceable bytes in a circluar loop now, which will simply 4413 // drive them down to the known value in a very slow way which we 4414 // can accelerate. 4415 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4416 } 4417 } 4418 4419 return T.isValidState(); 4420 }; 4421 4422 DerefState T; 4423 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4424 if (!genericValueTraversal<DerefState>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 4425 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 4426 UsedAssumedInformation)) 4427 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4428 4429 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 4430 } 4431 4432 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4433 void trackStatistics() const override { 4434 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4435 } 4436 }; 4437 4438 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a return value. 4439 struct AADereferenceableReturned final 4440 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl> { 4441 AADereferenceableReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4442 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>( 4443 IRP, A) {} 4444 4445 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4446 void trackStatistics() const override { 4447 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4448 } 4449 }; 4450 4451 /// Dereferenceable attribute for an argument 4452 struct AADereferenceableArgument final 4453 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AADereferenceable, 4454 AADereferenceableImpl> { 4455 using Base = 4456 AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>; 4457 AADereferenceableArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4458 : Base(IRP, A) {} 4459 4460 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4461 void trackStatistics() const override { 4462 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4463 } 4464 }; 4465 4466 /// Dereferenceable attribute for a call site argument. 4467 struct AADereferenceableCallSiteArgument final : AADereferenceableFloating { 4468 AADereferenceableCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4469 : AADereferenceableFloating(IRP, A) {} 4470 4471 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4472 void trackStatistics() const override { 4473 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(dereferenceable) 4474 } 4475 }; 4476 4477 /// Dereferenceable attribute deduction for a call site return value. 4478 struct AADereferenceableCallSiteReturned final 4479 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl> { 4480 using Base = 4481 AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AADereferenceable, AADereferenceableImpl>; 4482 AADereferenceableCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4483 : Base(IRP, A) {} 4484 4485 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4486 void trackStatistics() const override { 4487 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(dereferenceable); 4488 } 4489 }; 4490 } // namespace 4491 4492 // ------------------------ Align Argument Attribute ------------------------ 4493 4494 namespace { 4495 static unsigned getKnownAlignForUse(Attributor &A, AAAlign &QueryingAA, 4496 Value &AssociatedValue, const Use *U, 4497 const Instruction *I, bool &TrackUse) { 4498 // We need to follow common pointer manipulation uses to the accesses they 4499 // feed into. 4500 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) { 4501 // Follow all but ptr2int casts. 4502 TrackUse = !isa<PtrToIntInst>(I); 4503 return 0; 4504 } 4505 if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) { 4506 if (GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) 4507 TrackUse = true; 4508 return 0; 4509 } 4510 4511 MaybeAlign MA; 4512 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I)) { 4513 if (CB->isBundleOperand(U) || CB->isCallee(U)) 4514 return 0; 4515 4516 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(U); 4517 IRPosition IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo); 4518 // As long as we only use known information there is no need to track 4519 // dependences here. 4520 auto &AlignAA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(QueryingAA, IRP, DepClassTy::NONE); 4521 MA = MaybeAlign(AlignAA.getKnownAlign()); 4522 } 4523 4524 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4525 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 4526 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { 4527 if (SI->getPointerOperand() == UseV) 4528 MA = SI->getAlign(); 4529 } else if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { 4530 if (LI->getPointerOperand() == UseV) 4531 MA = LI->getAlign(); 4532 } 4533 4534 if (!MA || *MA <= QueryingAA.getKnownAlign()) 4535 return 0; 4536 4537 unsigned Alignment = MA->value(); 4538 int64_t Offset; 4539 4540 if (const Value *Base = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(UseV, Offset, DL)) { 4541 if (Base == &AssociatedValue) { 4542 // BasePointerAddr + Offset = Alignment * Q for some integer Q. 4543 // So we can say that the maximum power of two which is a divisor of 4544 // gcd(Offset, Alignment) is an alignment. 4545 4546 uint32_t gcd = 4547 greatestCommonDivisor(uint32_t(abs((int32_t)Offset)), Alignment); 4548 Alignment = llvm::PowerOf2Floor(gcd); 4549 } 4550 } 4551 4552 return Alignment; 4553 } 4554 4555 struct AAAlignImpl : AAAlign { 4556 AAAlignImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAAlign(IRP, A) {} 4557 4558 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4559 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4560 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> Attrs; 4561 getAttrs({Attribute::Alignment}, Attrs); 4562 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) 4563 takeKnownMaximum(Attr.getValueAsInt()); 4564 4565 Value &V = *getAssociatedValue().stripPointerCasts(); 4566 takeKnownMaximum(V.getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()).value()); 4567 4568 if (getIRPosition().isFnInterfaceKind() && 4569 (!getAnchorScope() || 4570 !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*getAssociatedFunction()))) { 4571 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4572 return; 4573 } 4574 4575 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 4576 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 4577 } 4578 4579 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4580 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4581 ChangeStatus LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4582 4583 // Check for users that allow alignment annotations. 4584 Value &AssociatedValue = getAssociatedValue(); 4585 for (const Use &U : AssociatedValue.uses()) { 4586 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U.getUser())) { 4587 if (SI->getPointerOperand() == &AssociatedValue) 4588 if (SI->getAlign() < getAssumedAlign()) { 4589 STATS_DECLTRACK(AAAlign, Store, 4590 "Number of times alignment added to a store"); 4591 SI->setAlignment(getAssumedAlign()); 4592 LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4593 } 4594 } else if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U.getUser())) { 4595 if (LI->getPointerOperand() == &AssociatedValue) 4596 if (LI->getAlign() < getAssumedAlign()) { 4597 LI->setAlignment(getAssumedAlign()); 4598 STATS_DECLTRACK(AAAlign, Load, 4599 "Number of times alignment added to a load"); 4600 LoadStoreChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 4601 } 4602 } 4603 } 4604 4605 ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlign::manifest(A); 4606 4607 Align InheritAlign = 4608 getAssociatedValue().getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()); 4609 if (InheritAlign >= getAssumedAlign()) 4610 return LoadStoreChanged; 4611 return Changed | LoadStoreChanged; 4612 } 4613 4614 // TODO: Provide a helper to determine the implied ABI alignment and check in 4615 // the existing manifest method and a new one for AAAlignImpl that value 4616 // to avoid making the alignment explicit if it did not improve. 4617 4618 /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes 4619 virtual void 4620 getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 4621 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 4622 if (getAssumedAlign() > 1) 4623 Attrs.emplace_back( 4624 Attribute::getWithAlignment(Ctx, Align(getAssumedAlign()))); 4625 } 4626 4627 /// See followUsesInMBEC 4628 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 4629 AAAlign::StateType &State) { 4630 bool TrackUse = false; 4631 4632 unsigned int KnownAlign = 4633 getKnownAlignForUse(A, *this, getAssociatedValue(), U, I, TrackUse); 4634 State.takeKnownMaximum(KnownAlign); 4635 4636 return TrackUse; 4637 } 4638 4639 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 4640 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4641 return "align<" + std::to_string(getKnownAlign().value()) + "-" + 4642 std::to_string(getAssumedAlign().value()) + ">"; 4643 } 4644 }; 4645 4646 /// Align attribute for a floating value. 4647 struct AAAlignFloating : AAAlignImpl { 4648 AAAlignFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AAAlignImpl(IRP, A) {} 4649 4650 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4651 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4652 const DataLayout &DL = A.getDataLayout(); 4653 4654 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *, 4655 AAAlign::StateType &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 4656 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) 4657 return true; 4658 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 4659 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4660 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 4661 int64_t Offset; 4662 unsigned Alignment = 1; 4663 if (const Value *Base = 4664 GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(&V, Offset, DL)) { 4665 // TODO: Use AAAlign for the base too. 4666 Align PA = Base->getPointerAlignment(DL); 4667 // BasePointerAddr + Offset = Alignment * Q for some integer Q. 4668 // So we can say that the maximum power of two which is a divisor of 4669 // gcd(Offset, Alignment) is an alignment. 4670 4671 uint32_t gcd = greatestCommonDivisor(uint32_t(abs((int32_t)Offset)), 4672 uint32_t(PA.value())); 4673 Alignment = llvm::PowerOf2Floor(gcd); 4674 } else { 4675 Alignment = V.getPointerAlignment(DL).value(); 4676 } 4677 // Use only IR information if we did not strip anything. 4678 T.takeKnownMaximum(Alignment); 4679 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4680 } else { 4681 // Use abstract attribute information. 4682 const AAAlign::StateType &DS = AA.getState(); 4683 T ^= DS; 4684 } 4685 return T.isValidState(); 4686 }; 4687 4688 StateType T; 4689 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4690 if (!genericValueTraversal<StateType>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 4691 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 4692 UsedAssumedInformation)) 4693 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4694 4695 // TODO: If we know we visited all incoming values, thus no are assumed 4696 // dead, we can take the known information from the state T. 4697 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 4698 } 4699 4700 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4701 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(align) } 4702 }; 4703 4704 /// Align attribute for function return value. 4705 struct AAAlignReturned final 4706 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> { 4707 using Base = AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>; 4708 AAAlignReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {} 4709 4710 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4711 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4712 Base::initialize(A); 4713 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4714 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 4715 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4716 } 4717 4718 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4719 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(aligned) } 4720 }; 4721 4722 /// Align attribute for function argument. 4723 struct AAAlignArgument final 4724 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> { 4725 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>; 4726 AAAlignArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : Base(IRP, A) {} 4727 4728 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4729 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4730 // If the associated argument is involved in a must-tail call we give up 4731 // because we would need to keep the argument alignments of caller and 4732 // callee in-sync. Just does not seem worth the trouble right now. 4733 if (A.getInfoCache().isInvolvedInMustTailCall(*getAssociatedArgument())) 4734 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4735 return Base::manifest(A); 4736 } 4737 4738 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4739 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(aligned) } 4740 }; 4741 4742 struct AAAlignCallSiteArgument final : AAAlignFloating { 4743 AAAlignCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4744 : AAAlignFloating(IRP, A) {} 4745 4746 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 4747 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 4748 // If the associated argument is involved in a must-tail call we give up 4749 // because we would need to keep the argument alignments of caller and 4750 // callee in-sync. Just does not seem worth the trouble right now. 4751 if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) 4752 if (A.getInfoCache().isInvolvedInMustTailCall(*Arg)) 4753 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4754 ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlignImpl::manifest(A); 4755 Align InheritAlign = 4756 getAssociatedValue().getPointerAlignment(A.getDataLayout()); 4757 if (InheritAlign >= getAssumedAlign()) 4758 Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4759 return Changed; 4760 } 4761 4762 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 4763 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4764 ChangeStatus Changed = AAAlignFloating::updateImpl(A); 4765 if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) { 4766 // We only take known information from the argument 4767 // so we do not need to track a dependence. 4768 const auto &ArgAlignAA = A.getAAFor<AAAlign>( 4769 *this, IRPosition::argument(*Arg), DepClassTy::NONE); 4770 takeKnownMaximum(ArgAlignAA.getKnownAlign().value()); 4771 } 4772 return Changed; 4773 } 4774 4775 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4776 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(aligned) } 4777 }; 4778 4779 /// Align attribute deduction for a call site return value. 4780 struct AAAlignCallSiteReturned final 4781 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl> { 4782 using Base = AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAAlign, AAAlignImpl>; 4783 AAAlignCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4784 : Base(IRP, A) {} 4785 4786 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4787 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4788 Base::initialize(A); 4789 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4790 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 4791 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4792 } 4793 4794 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4795 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(align); } 4796 }; 4797 } // namespace 4798 4799 /// ------------------ Function No-Return Attribute ---------------------------- 4800 namespace { 4801 struct AANoReturnImpl : public AANoReturn { 4802 AANoReturnImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoReturn(IRP, A) {} 4803 4804 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4805 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4806 AANoReturn::initialize(A); 4807 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4808 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 4809 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4810 } 4811 4812 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 4813 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4814 return getAssumed() ? "noreturn" : "may-return"; 4815 } 4816 4817 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 4818 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4819 auto CheckForNoReturn = [](Instruction &) { return false; }; 4820 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 4821 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(CheckForNoReturn, *this, 4822 {(unsigned)Instruction::Ret}, 4823 UsedAssumedInformation)) 4824 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4825 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4826 } 4827 }; 4828 4829 struct AANoReturnFunction final : AANoReturnImpl { 4830 AANoReturnFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4831 : AANoReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 4832 4833 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4834 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(noreturn) } 4835 }; 4836 4837 /// NoReturn attribute deduction for a call sites. 4838 struct AANoReturnCallSite final : AANoReturnImpl { 4839 AANoReturnCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4840 : AANoReturnImpl(IRP, A) {} 4841 4842 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4843 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4844 AANoReturnImpl::initialize(A); 4845 if (Function *F = getAssociatedFunction()) { 4846 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 4847 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoReturn>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4848 if (!FnAA.isAssumedNoReturn()) 4849 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4850 } 4851 } 4852 4853 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4854 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4855 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 4856 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 4857 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 4858 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 4859 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 4860 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 4861 auto &FnAA = A.getAAFor<AANoReturn>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 4862 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 4863 } 4864 4865 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4866 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(noreturn); } 4867 }; 4868 } // namespace 4869 4870 /// ----------------------- Instance Info --------------------------------- 4871 4872 namespace { 4873 /// A class to hold the state of for no-capture attributes. 4874 struct AAInstanceInfoImpl : public AAInstanceInfo { 4875 AAInstanceInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4876 : AAInstanceInfo(IRP, A) {} 4877 4878 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 4879 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 4880 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 4881 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(&V)) { 4882 if (C->isThreadDependent()) 4883 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4884 else 4885 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 4886 return; 4887 } 4888 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&V)) 4889 if (CB->arg_size() == 0 && !CB->mayHaveSideEffects() && 4890 !CB->mayReadFromMemory()) { 4891 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 4892 return; 4893 } 4894 } 4895 4896 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4897 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4898 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 4899 4900 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 4901 const Function *Scope = nullptr; 4902 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) 4903 Scope = I->getFunction(); 4904 if (auto *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(&V)) { 4905 Scope = A->getParent(); 4906 if (!Scope->hasLocalLinkage()) 4907 return Changed; 4908 } 4909 if (!Scope) 4910 return indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 4911 4912 auto &NoRecurseAA = A.getAAFor<AANoRecurse>( 4913 *this, IRPosition::function(*Scope), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4914 if (NoRecurseAA.isAssumedNoRecurse()) 4915 return Changed; 4916 4917 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) { 4918 const Instruction *UserI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 4919 if (!UserI || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<CastInst>(UserI) || 4920 isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) { 4921 Follow = true; 4922 return true; 4923 } 4924 if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI) || isa<CmpInst>(UserI) || 4925 (isa<StoreInst>(UserI) && 4926 cast<StoreInst>(UserI)->getValueOperand() != U.get())) 4927 return true; 4928 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 4929 // This check is not guaranteeing uniqueness but for now that we cannot 4930 // end up with two versions of \p U thinking it was one. 4931 if (!CB->getCalledFunction() || 4932 !CB->getCalledFunction()->hasLocalLinkage()) 4933 return true; 4934 if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U)) 4935 return false; 4936 const auto &ArgInstanceInfoAA = A.getAAFor<AAInstanceInfo>( 4937 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, CB->getArgOperandNo(&U)), 4938 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 4939 if (!ArgInstanceInfoAA.isAssumedUniqueForAnalysis()) 4940 return false; 4941 // If this call base might reach the scope again we might forward the 4942 // argument back here. This is very conservative. 4943 if (AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, *CB, *Scope, *this, nullptr)) 4944 return false; 4945 return true; 4946 } 4947 return false; 4948 }; 4949 4950 auto EquivalentUseCB = [&](const Use &OldU, const Use &NewU) { 4951 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(OldU.getUser())) { 4952 auto *Ptr = SI->getPointerOperand()->stripPointerCasts(); 4953 if (isa<AllocaInst>(Ptr) && AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *Ptr)) 4954 return true; 4955 auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction( 4956 *SI->getFunction()); 4957 if (isAllocationFn(Ptr, TLI) && AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, *Ptr)) 4958 return true; 4959 } 4960 return false; 4961 }; 4962 4963 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, V, /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true, 4964 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL, 4965 /* IgnoreDroppableUses */ true, EquivalentUseCB)) 4966 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 4967 4968 return Changed; 4969 } 4970 4971 /// See AbstractState::getAsStr(). 4972 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 4973 return isAssumedUniqueForAnalysis() ? "<unique [fAa]>" : "<unknown>"; 4974 } 4975 4976 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 4977 void trackStatistics() const override {} 4978 }; 4979 4980 /// InstanceInfo attribute for floating values. 4981 struct AAInstanceInfoFloating : AAInstanceInfoImpl { 4982 AAInstanceInfoFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4983 : AAInstanceInfoImpl(IRP, A) {} 4984 }; 4985 4986 /// NoCapture attribute for function arguments. 4987 struct AAInstanceInfoArgument final : AAInstanceInfoFloating { 4988 AAInstanceInfoArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4989 : AAInstanceInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 4990 }; 4991 4992 /// InstanceInfo attribute for call site arguments. 4993 struct AAInstanceInfoCallSiteArgument final : AAInstanceInfoImpl { 4994 AAInstanceInfoCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 4995 : AAInstanceInfoImpl(IRP, A) {} 4996 4997 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 4998 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 4999 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 5000 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 5001 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 5002 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 5003 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 5004 if (!Arg) 5005 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5006 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 5007 auto &ArgAA = 5008 A.getAAFor<AAInstanceInfo>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5009 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 5010 } 5011 }; 5012 5013 /// InstanceInfo attribute for function return value. 5014 struct AAInstanceInfoReturned final : AAInstanceInfoImpl { 5015 AAInstanceInfoReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5016 : AAInstanceInfoImpl(IRP, A) { 5017 llvm_unreachable("InstanceInfo is not applicable to function returns!"); 5018 } 5019 5020 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5021 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5022 llvm_unreachable("InstanceInfo is not applicable to function returns!"); 5023 } 5024 5025 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5026 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5027 llvm_unreachable("InstanceInfo is not applicable to function returns!"); 5028 } 5029 }; 5030 5031 /// InstanceInfo attribute deduction for a call site return value. 5032 struct AAInstanceInfoCallSiteReturned final : AAInstanceInfoFloating { 5033 AAInstanceInfoCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5034 : AAInstanceInfoFloating(IRP, A) {} 5035 }; 5036 } // namespace 5037 5038 /// ----------------------- Variable Capturing --------------------------------- 5039 5040 namespace { 5041 /// A class to hold the state of for no-capture attributes. 5042 struct AANoCaptureImpl : public AANoCapture { 5043 AANoCaptureImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoCapture(IRP, A) {} 5044 5045 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5046 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5047 if (hasAttr(getAttrKind(), /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) { 5048 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5049 return; 5050 } 5051 Function *AnchorScope = getAnchorScope(); 5052 if (isFnInterfaceKind() && 5053 (!AnchorScope || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*AnchorScope))) { 5054 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5055 return; 5056 } 5057 5058 // You cannot "capture" null in the default address space. 5059 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(getAssociatedValue()) && 5060 getAssociatedValue().getType()->getPointerAddressSpace() == 0) { 5061 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5062 return; 5063 } 5064 5065 const Function *F = 5066 isArgumentPosition() ? getAssociatedFunction() : AnchorScope; 5067 5068 // Check what state the associated function can actually capture. 5069 if (F) 5070 determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(getIRPosition(), *F, *this); 5071 else 5072 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5073 } 5074 5075 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5076 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 5077 5078 /// see AbstractAttribute::isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned(...). 5079 virtual void 5080 getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 5081 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 5082 if (!isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 5083 return; 5084 5085 if (isArgumentPosition()) { 5086 if (isAssumedNoCapture()) 5087 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::NoCapture)); 5088 else if (ManifestInternal) 5089 Attrs.emplace_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, "no-capture-maybe-returned")); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 5093 /// Set the NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM and NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET bits in \p Known 5094 /// depending on the ability of the function associated with \p IRP to capture 5095 /// state in memory and through "returning/throwing", respectively. 5096 static void determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(const IRPosition &IRP, 5097 const Function &F, 5098 BitIntegerState &State) { 5099 // TODO: Once we have memory behavior attributes we should use them here. 5100 5101 // If we know we cannot communicate or write to memory, we do not care about 5102 // ptr2int anymore. 5103 if (F.onlyReadsMemory() && F.doesNotThrow() && 5104 F.getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) { 5105 State.addKnownBits(NO_CAPTURE); 5106 return; 5107 } 5108 5109 // A function cannot capture state in memory if it only reads memory, it can 5110 // however return/throw state and the state might be influenced by the 5111 // pointer value, e.g., loading from a returned pointer might reveal a bit. 5112 if (F.onlyReadsMemory()) 5113 State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 5114 5115 // A function cannot communicate state back if it does not through 5116 // exceptions and doesn not return values. 5117 if (F.doesNotThrow() && F.getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) 5118 State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 5119 5120 // Check existing "returned" attributes. 5121 int ArgNo = IRP.getCalleeArgNo(); 5122 if (F.doesNotThrow() && ArgNo >= 0) { 5123 for (unsigned u = 0, e = F.arg_size(); u < e; ++u) 5124 if (F.hasParamAttribute(u, Attribute::Returned)) { 5125 if (u == unsigned(ArgNo)) 5126 State.removeAssumedBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 5127 else if (F.onlyReadsMemory()) 5128 State.addKnownBits(NO_CAPTURE); 5129 else 5130 State.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 5131 break; 5132 } 5133 } 5134 } 5135 5136 /// See AbstractState::getAsStr(). 5137 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 5138 if (isKnownNoCapture()) 5139 return "known not-captured"; 5140 if (isAssumedNoCapture()) 5141 return "assumed not-captured"; 5142 if (isKnownNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 5143 return "known not-captured-maybe-returned"; 5144 if (isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 5145 return "assumed not-captured-maybe-returned"; 5146 return "assumed-captured"; 5147 } 5148 5149 /// Check the use \p U and update \p State accordingly. Return true if we 5150 /// should continue to update the state. 5151 bool checkUse(Attributor &A, AANoCapture::StateType &State, const Use &U, 5152 bool &Follow) { 5153 Instruction *UInst = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 5154 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AANoCapture] Check use: " << *U.get() << " in " 5155 << *UInst << "\n"); 5156 5157 // Deal with ptr2int by following uses. 5158 if (isa<PtrToIntInst>(UInst)) { 5159 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - ptr2int assume the worst!\n"); 5160 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 5161 /* Return */ true); 5162 } 5163 5164 // For stores we already checked if we can follow them, if they make it 5165 // here we give up. 5166 if (isa<StoreInst>(UInst)) 5167 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ false, 5168 /* Return */ false); 5169 5170 // Explicitly catch return instructions. 5171 if (isa<ReturnInst>(UInst)) { 5172 if (UInst->getFunction() == getAnchorScope()) 5173 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 5174 /* Return */ true); 5175 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 5176 /* Return */ true); 5177 } 5178 5179 // For now we only use special logic for call sites. However, the tracker 5180 // itself knows about a lot of other non-capturing cases already. 5181 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UInst); 5182 if (!CB || !CB->isArgOperand(&U)) 5183 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 5184 /* Return */ true); 5185 5186 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 5187 const IRPosition &CSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo); 5188 // If we have a abstract no-capture attribute for the argument we can use 5189 // it to justify a non-capture attribute here. This allows recursion! 5190 auto &ArgNoCaptureAA = 5191 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, CSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5192 if (ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture()) 5193 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 5194 /* Return */ false); 5195 if (ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) { 5196 Follow = true; 5197 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ false, /* Integer */ false, 5198 /* Return */ false); 5199 } 5200 5201 // Lastly, we could not find a reason no-capture can be assumed so we don't. 5202 return isCapturedIn(State, /* Memory */ true, /* Integer */ true, 5203 /* Return */ true); 5204 } 5205 5206 /// Update \p State according to \p CapturedInMem, \p CapturedInInt, and 5207 /// \p CapturedInRet, then return true if we should continue updating the 5208 /// state. 5209 static bool isCapturedIn(AANoCapture::StateType &State, bool CapturedInMem, 5210 bool CapturedInInt, bool CapturedInRet) { 5211 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " - captures [Mem " << CapturedInMem << "|Int " 5212 << CapturedInInt << "|Ret " << CapturedInRet << "]\n"); 5213 if (CapturedInMem) 5214 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 5215 if (CapturedInInt) 5216 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_INT); 5217 if (CapturedInRet) 5218 State.removeAssumedBits(AANoCapture::NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 5219 return State.isAssumed(AANoCapture::NO_CAPTURE_MAYBE_RETURNED); 5220 } 5221 }; 5222 5223 ChangeStatus AANoCaptureImpl::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 5224 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 5225 Value *V = isArgumentPosition() ? IRP.getAssociatedArgument() 5226 : &IRP.getAssociatedValue(); 5227 if (!V) 5228 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5229 5230 const Function *F = 5231 isArgumentPosition() ? IRP.getAssociatedFunction() : IRP.getAnchorScope(); 5232 assert(F && "Expected a function!"); 5233 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 5234 5235 AANoCapture::StateType T; 5236 5237 // Readonly means we cannot capture through memory. 5238 bool IsKnown; 5239 if (AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, FnPos, *this, IsKnown)) { 5240 T.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 5241 if (IsKnown) 5242 addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM); 5243 } 5244 5245 // Make sure all returned values are different than the underlying value. 5246 // TODO: we could do this in a more sophisticated way inside 5247 // AAReturnedValues, e.g., track all values that escape through returns 5248 // directly somehow. 5249 auto CheckReturnedArgs = [&](const AAReturnedValues &RVAA) { 5250 if (!RVAA.getState().isValidState()) 5251 return false; 5252 bool SeenConstant = false; 5253 for (auto &It : RVAA.returned_values()) { 5254 if (isa<Constant>(It.first)) { 5255 if (SeenConstant) 5256 return false; 5257 SeenConstant = true; 5258 } else if (!isa<Argument>(It.first) || 5259 It.first == getAssociatedArgument()) 5260 return false; 5261 } 5262 return true; 5263 }; 5264 5265 const auto &NoUnwindAA = 5266 A.getAAFor<AANoUnwind>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5267 if (NoUnwindAA.isAssumedNoUnwind()) { 5268 bool IsVoidTy = F->getReturnType()->isVoidTy(); 5269 const AAReturnedValues *RVAA = 5270 IsVoidTy ? nullptr 5271 : &A.getAAFor<AAReturnedValues>(*this, FnPos, 5272 5273 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5274 if (IsVoidTy || CheckReturnedArgs(*RVAA)) { 5275 T.addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 5276 if (T.isKnown(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM)) 5277 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5278 if (NoUnwindAA.isKnownNoUnwind() && 5279 (IsVoidTy || RVAA->getState().isAtFixpoint())) { 5280 addKnownBits(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_RET); 5281 if (isKnown(NOT_CAPTURED_IN_MEM)) 5282 return indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5283 } 5284 } 5285 } 5286 5287 auto IsDereferenceableOrNull = [&](Value *O, const DataLayout &DL) { 5288 const auto &DerefAA = A.getAAFor<AADereferenceable>( 5289 *this, IRPosition::value(*O), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5290 return DerefAA.getAssumedDereferenceableBytes(); 5291 }; 5292 5293 auto UseCheck = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 5294 switch (DetermineUseCaptureKind(U, IsDereferenceableOrNull)) { 5295 case UseCaptureKind::NO_CAPTURE: 5296 return true; 5297 case UseCaptureKind::MAY_CAPTURE: 5298 return checkUse(A, T, U, Follow); 5299 case UseCaptureKind::PASSTHROUGH: 5300 Follow = true; 5301 return true; 5302 } 5303 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected use capture kind!"); 5304 }; 5305 5306 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UseCheck, *this, *V)) 5307 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5308 5309 AANoCapture::StateType &S = getState(); 5310 auto Assumed = S.getAssumed(); 5311 S.intersectAssumedBits(T.getAssumed()); 5312 if (!isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) 5313 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5314 return Assumed == S.getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5315 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5316 } 5317 5318 /// NoCapture attribute for function arguments. 5319 struct AANoCaptureArgument final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5320 AANoCaptureArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5321 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5322 5323 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5324 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(nocapture) } 5325 }; 5326 5327 /// NoCapture attribute for call site arguments. 5328 struct AANoCaptureCallSiteArgument final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5329 AANoCaptureCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5330 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5331 5332 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5333 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5334 if (Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument()) 5335 if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) 5336 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5337 AANoCaptureImpl::initialize(A); 5338 } 5339 5340 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5341 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5342 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 5343 // call site specific liveness information and then it makes 5344 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 5345 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 5346 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 5347 if (!Arg) 5348 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5349 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 5350 auto &ArgAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5351 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 5352 } 5353 5354 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5355 void trackStatistics() const override{STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(nocapture)}; 5356 }; 5357 5358 /// NoCapture attribute for floating values. 5359 struct AANoCaptureFloating final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5360 AANoCaptureFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5361 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5362 5363 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5364 void trackStatistics() const override { 5365 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(nocapture) 5366 } 5367 }; 5368 5369 /// NoCapture attribute for function return value. 5370 struct AANoCaptureReturned final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5371 AANoCaptureReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5372 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) { 5373 llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!"); 5374 } 5375 5376 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5377 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5378 llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!"); 5379 } 5380 5381 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5382 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5383 llvm_unreachable("NoCapture is not applicable to function returns!"); 5384 } 5385 5386 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5387 void trackStatistics() const override {} 5388 }; 5389 5390 /// NoCapture attribute deduction for a call site return value. 5391 struct AANoCaptureCallSiteReturned final : AANoCaptureImpl { 5392 AANoCaptureCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5393 : AANoCaptureImpl(IRP, A) {} 5394 5395 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5396 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5397 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 5398 // Check what state the associated function can actually capture. 5399 determineFunctionCaptureCapabilities(getIRPosition(), *F, *this); 5400 } 5401 5402 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5403 void trackStatistics() const override { 5404 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(nocapture) 5405 } 5406 }; 5407 } // namespace 5408 5409 /// ------------------ Value Simplify Attribute ---------------------------- 5410 5411 bool ValueSimplifyStateType::unionAssumed(Optional<Value *> Other) { 5412 // FIXME: Add a typecast support. 5413 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5414 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, Other, Ty); 5415 if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue == Optional<Value *>(nullptr)) 5416 return false; 5417 5418 LLVM_DEBUG({ 5419 if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue) 5420 dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] is assumed to be " 5421 << **SimplifiedAssociatedValue << "\n"; 5422 else 5423 dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] is assumed to be <none>\n"; 5424 }); 5425 return true; 5426 } 5427 5428 namespace { 5429 struct AAValueSimplifyImpl : AAValueSimplify { 5430 AAValueSimplifyImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5431 : AAValueSimplify(IRP, A) {} 5432 5433 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5434 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5435 if (getAssociatedValue().getType()->isVoidTy()) 5436 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5437 if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) 5438 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5439 } 5440 5441 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 5442 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 5443 LLVM_DEBUG({ 5444 dbgs() << "SAV: " << (bool)SimplifiedAssociatedValue << " "; 5445 if (SimplifiedAssociatedValue && *SimplifiedAssociatedValue) 5446 dbgs() << "SAV: " << **SimplifiedAssociatedValue << " "; 5447 }); 5448 return isValidState() ? (isAtFixpoint() ? "simplified" : "maybe-simple") 5449 : "not-simple"; 5450 } 5451 5452 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5453 void trackStatistics() const override {} 5454 5455 /// See AAValueSimplify::getAssumedSimplifiedValue() 5456 Optional<Value *> getAssumedSimplifiedValue(Attributor &A) const override { 5457 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5458 } 5459 5460 /// Ensure the return value is \p V with type \p Ty, if not possible return 5461 /// nullptr. If \p Check is true we will only verify such an operation would 5462 /// suceed and return a non-nullptr value if that is the case. No IR is 5463 /// generated or modified. 5464 static Value *ensureType(Attributor &A, Value &V, Type &Ty, Instruction *CtxI, 5465 bool Check) { 5466 if (auto *TypedV = AA::getWithType(V, Ty)) 5467 return TypedV; 5468 if (CtxI && V.getType()->canLosslesslyBitCastTo(&Ty)) 5469 return Check ? &V 5470 : BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast(&V, &Ty, 5471 "", CtxI); 5472 return nullptr; 5473 } 5474 5475 /// Reproduce \p I with type \p Ty or return nullptr if that is not posisble. 5476 /// If \p Check is true we will only verify such an operation would suceed and 5477 /// return a non-nullptr value if that is the case. No IR is generated or 5478 /// modified. 5479 static Value *reproduceInst(Attributor &A, 5480 const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 5481 Instruction &I, Type &Ty, Instruction *CtxI, 5482 bool Check, ValueToValueMapTy &VMap) { 5483 assert(CtxI && "Cannot reproduce an instruction without context!"); 5484 if (Check && (I.mayReadFromMemory() || 5485 !isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(&I, CtxI, /* DT */ nullptr, 5486 /* TLI */ nullptr))) 5487 return nullptr; 5488 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) { 5489 Value *NewOp = reproduceValue(A, QueryingAA, *Op, Ty, CtxI, Check, VMap); 5490 if (!NewOp) { 5491 assert(Check && "Manifest of new value unexpectedly failed!"); 5492 return nullptr; 5493 } 5494 if (!Check) 5495 VMap[Op] = NewOp; 5496 } 5497 if (Check) 5498 return &I; 5499 5500 Instruction *CloneI = I.clone(); 5501 // TODO: Try to salvage debug information here. 5502 CloneI->setDebugLoc(DebugLoc()); 5503 VMap[&I] = CloneI; 5504 CloneI->insertBefore(CtxI); 5505 RemapInstruction(CloneI, VMap); 5506 return CloneI; 5507 } 5508 5509 /// Reproduce \p V with type \p Ty or return nullptr if that is not posisble. 5510 /// If \p Check is true we will only verify such an operation would suceed and 5511 /// return a non-nullptr value if that is the case. No IR is generated or 5512 /// modified. 5513 static Value *reproduceValue(Attributor &A, 5514 const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, Value &V, 5515 Type &Ty, Instruction *CtxI, bool Check, 5516 ValueToValueMapTy &VMap) { 5517 if (const auto &NewV = VMap.lookup(&V)) 5518 return NewV; 5519 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5520 Optional<Value *> SimpleV = 5521 A.getAssumedSimplified(V, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 5522 if (!SimpleV) 5523 return PoisonValue::get(&Ty); 5524 Value *EffectiveV = &V; 5525 if (SimpleV.getValue()) 5526 EffectiveV = SimpleV.getValue(); 5527 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(EffectiveV)) 5528 if (!C->canTrap()) 5529 return C; 5530 if (CtxI && AA::isValidAtPosition(AA::ValueAndContext(*EffectiveV, *CtxI), 5531 A.getInfoCache())) 5532 return ensureType(A, *EffectiveV, Ty, CtxI, Check); 5533 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(EffectiveV)) 5534 if (Value *NewV = reproduceInst(A, QueryingAA, *I, Ty, CtxI, Check, VMap)) 5535 return ensureType(A, *NewV, Ty, CtxI, Check); 5536 return nullptr; 5537 } 5538 5539 /// Return a value we can use as replacement for the associated one, or 5540 /// nullptr if we don't have one that makes sense. 5541 Value *manifestReplacementValue(Attributor &A, Instruction *CtxI) const { 5542 Value *NewV = SimplifiedAssociatedValue 5543 ? SimplifiedAssociatedValue.getValue() 5544 : UndefValue::get(getAssociatedType()); 5545 if (NewV && NewV != &getAssociatedValue()) { 5546 ValueToValueMapTy VMap; 5547 // First verify we can reprduce the value with the required type at the 5548 // context location before we actually start modifying the IR. 5549 if (reproduceValue(A, *this, *NewV, *getAssociatedType(), CtxI, 5550 /* CheckOnly */ true, VMap)) 5551 return reproduceValue(A, *this, *NewV, *getAssociatedType(), CtxI, 5552 /* CheckOnly */ false, VMap); 5553 } 5554 return nullptr; 5555 } 5556 5557 /// Helper function for querying AAValueSimplify and updating candicate. 5558 /// \param IRP The value position we are trying to unify with SimplifiedValue 5559 bool checkAndUpdate(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &QueryingAA, 5560 const IRPosition &IRP, bool Simplify = true) { 5561 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5562 Optional<Value *> QueryingValueSimplified = &IRP.getAssociatedValue(); 5563 if (Simplify) 5564 QueryingValueSimplified = 5565 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRP, QueryingAA, UsedAssumedInformation); 5566 return unionAssumed(QueryingValueSimplified); 5567 } 5568 5569 /// Returns a candidate is found or not 5570 template <typename AAType> bool askSimplifiedValueFor(Attributor &A) { 5571 if (!getAssociatedValue().getType()->isIntegerTy()) 5572 return false; 5573 5574 // This will also pass the call base context. 5575 const auto &AA = 5576 A.getAAFor<AAType>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 5577 5578 Optional<Constant *> COpt = AA.getAssumedConstant(A); 5579 5580 if (!COpt) { 5581 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = llvm::None; 5582 A.recordDependence(AA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5583 return true; 5584 } 5585 if (auto *C = *COpt) { 5586 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = C; 5587 A.recordDependence(AA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 5588 return true; 5589 } 5590 return false; 5591 } 5592 5593 bool askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(Attributor &A) { 5594 if (askSimplifiedValueFor<AAValueConstantRange>(A)) 5595 return true; 5596 if (askSimplifiedValueFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>(A)) 5597 return true; 5598 return false; 5599 } 5600 5601 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 5602 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 5603 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5604 for (auto &U : getAssociatedValue().uses()) { 5605 // Check if we need to adjust the insertion point to make sure the IR is 5606 // valid. 5607 Instruction *IP = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 5608 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast_or_null<PHINode>(IP)) 5609 IP = PHI->getIncomingBlock(U)->getTerminator(); 5610 if (auto *NewV = manifestReplacementValue(A, IP)) { 5611 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] " << getAssociatedValue() 5612 << " -> " << *NewV << " :: " << *this << "\n"); 5613 if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *NewV)) 5614 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 5618 return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A); 5619 } 5620 5621 /// See AbstractState::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(...). 5622 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 5623 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = &getAssociatedValue(); 5624 return AAValueSimplify::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5625 } 5626 }; 5627 5628 struct AAValueSimplifyArgument final : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5629 AAValueSimplifyArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5630 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5631 5632 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5633 AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A); 5634 if (!getAnchorScope() || getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) 5635 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5636 if (hasAttr({Attribute::InAlloca, Attribute::Preallocated, 5637 Attribute::StructRet, Attribute::Nest, Attribute::ByVal}, 5638 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) 5639 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5640 } 5641 5642 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5643 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5644 // Byval is only replacable if it is readonly otherwise we would write into 5645 // the replaced value and not the copy that byval creates implicitly. 5646 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 5647 if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) { 5648 // TODO: We probably need to verify synchronization is not an issue, e.g., 5649 // there is no race by not copying a constant byval. 5650 bool IsKnown; 5651 if (!AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, getIRPosition(), *this, IsKnown)) 5652 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5653 } 5654 5655 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5656 5657 auto PredForCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 5658 const IRPosition &ACSArgPos = 5659 IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, getCallSiteArgNo()); 5660 // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is on not 5661 // associated (which can happen for callback calls). 5662 if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID) 5663 return false; 5664 5665 // Simplify the argument operand explicitly and check if the result is 5666 // valid in the current scope. This avoids refering to simplified values 5667 // in other functions, e.g., we don't want to say a an argument in a 5668 // static function is actually an argument in a different function. 5669 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5670 Optional<Constant *> SimpleArgOp = 5671 A.getAssumedConstant(ACSArgPos, *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5672 if (!SimpleArgOp) 5673 return true; 5674 if (!SimpleArgOp.getValue()) 5675 return false; 5676 if (!AA::isDynamicallyUnique(A, *this, **SimpleArgOp)) 5677 return false; 5678 return unionAssumed(*SimpleArgOp); 5679 }; 5680 5681 // Generate a answer specific to a call site context. 5682 bool Success; 5683 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5684 if (hasCallBaseContext() && 5685 getCallBaseContext()->getCalledFunction() == Arg->getParent()) 5686 Success = PredForCallSite( 5687 AbstractCallSite(&getCallBaseContext()->getCalledOperandUse())); 5688 else 5689 Success = A.checkForAllCallSites(PredForCallSite, *this, true, 5690 UsedAssumedInformation); 5691 5692 if (!Success) 5693 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5694 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5695 5696 // If a candicate was found in this update, return CHANGED. 5697 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5698 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5699 } 5700 5701 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5702 void trackStatistics() const override { 5703 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(value_simplify) 5704 } 5705 }; 5706 5707 struct AAValueSimplifyReturned : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5708 AAValueSimplifyReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5709 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5710 5711 /// See AAValueSimplify::getAssumedSimplifiedValue() 5712 Optional<Value *> getAssumedSimplifiedValue(Attributor &A) const override { 5713 if (!isValidState()) 5714 return nullptr; 5715 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5716 } 5717 5718 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5719 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5720 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5721 5722 auto ReturnInstCB = [&](Instruction &I) { 5723 auto &RI = cast<ReturnInst>(I); 5724 return checkAndUpdate( 5725 A, *this, 5726 IRPosition::value(*RI.getReturnValue(), getCallBaseContext())); 5727 }; 5728 5729 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5730 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions(ReturnInstCB, *this, {Instruction::Ret}, 5731 UsedAssumedInformation)) 5732 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5733 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5734 5735 // If a candicate was found in this update, return CHANGED. 5736 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5737 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5738 } 5739 5740 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 5741 // We queried AAValueSimplify for the returned values so they will be 5742 // replaced if a simplified form was found. Nothing to do here. 5743 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 5744 } 5745 5746 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5747 void trackStatistics() const override { 5748 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(value_simplify) 5749 } 5750 }; 5751 5752 struct AAValueSimplifyFloating : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5753 AAValueSimplifyFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5754 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5755 5756 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5757 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5758 AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A); 5759 Value &V = getAnchorValue(); 5760 5761 // TODO: add other stuffs 5762 if (isa<Constant>(V)) 5763 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5764 } 5765 5766 /// Check if \p Cmp is a comparison we can simplify. 5767 /// 5768 /// We handle multiple cases, one in which at least one operand is an 5769 /// (assumed) nullptr. If so, try to simplify it using AANonNull on the other 5770 /// operand. Return true if successful, in that case SimplifiedAssociatedValue 5771 /// will be updated. 5772 bool handleCmp(Attributor &A, CmpInst &Cmp) { 5773 auto Union = [&](Value &V) { 5774 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5775 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, &V, V.getType()); 5776 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 5777 }; 5778 5779 Value *LHS = Cmp.getOperand(0); 5780 Value *RHS = Cmp.getOperand(1); 5781 5782 // Simplify the operands first. 5783 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5784 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 5785 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 5786 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5787 if (!SimplifiedLHS) 5788 return true; 5789 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 5790 return false; 5791 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 5792 5793 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 5794 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 5795 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5796 if (!SimplifiedRHS) 5797 return true; 5798 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 5799 return false; 5800 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 5801 5802 LLVMContext &Ctx = Cmp.getContext(); 5803 // Handle the trivial case first in which we don't even need to think about 5804 // null or non-null. 5805 if (LHS == RHS && (Cmp.isTrueWhenEqual() || Cmp.isFalseWhenEqual())) { 5806 Constant *NewVal = 5807 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(Ctx), Cmp.isTrueWhenEqual()); 5808 if (!Union(*NewVal)) 5809 return false; 5810 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) 5811 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5812 return true; 5813 } 5814 5815 // From now on we only handle equalities (==, !=). 5816 ICmpInst *ICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&Cmp); 5817 if (!ICmp || !ICmp->isEquality()) 5818 return false; 5819 5820 bool LHSIsNull = isa<ConstantPointerNull>(LHS); 5821 bool RHSIsNull = isa<ConstantPointerNull>(RHS); 5822 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 5823 return false; 5824 5825 // Left is the nullptr ==/!= non-nullptr case. We'll use AANonNull on the 5826 // non-nullptr operand and if we assume it's non-null we can conclude the 5827 // result of the comparison. 5828 assert((LHSIsNull || RHSIsNull) && 5829 "Expected nullptr versus non-nullptr comparison at this point"); 5830 5831 // The index is the operand that we assume is not null. 5832 unsigned PtrIdx = LHSIsNull; 5833 auto &PtrNonNullAA = A.getAAFor<AANonNull>( 5834 *this, IRPosition::value(*ICmp->getOperand(PtrIdx)), 5835 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5836 if (!PtrNonNullAA.isAssumedNonNull()) 5837 return false; 5838 UsedAssumedInformation |= !PtrNonNullAA.isKnownNonNull(); 5839 5840 // The new value depends on the predicate, true for != and false for ==. 5841 Constant *NewVal = ConstantInt::get( 5842 Type::getInt1Ty(Ctx), ICmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_NE); 5843 if (!Union(*NewVal)) 5844 return false; 5845 5846 if (!UsedAssumedInformation) 5847 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5848 5849 return true; 5850 } 5851 5852 /// Use the generic, non-optimistic InstSimplfy functionality if we managed to 5853 /// simplify any operand of the instruction \p I. Return true if successful, 5854 /// in that case SimplifiedAssociatedValue will be updated. 5855 bool handleGenericInst(Attributor &A, Instruction &I) { 5856 bool SomeSimplified = false; 5857 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5858 5859 SmallVector<Value *, 8> NewOps(I.getNumOperands()); 5860 int Idx = 0; 5861 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) { 5862 const auto &SimplifiedOp = 5863 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*Op, getCallBaseContext()), 5864 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 5865 // If we are not sure about any operand we are not sure about the entire 5866 // instruction, we'll wait. 5867 if (!SimplifiedOp) 5868 return true; 5869 5870 if (SimplifiedOp.getValue()) 5871 NewOps[Idx] = SimplifiedOp.getValue(); 5872 else 5873 NewOps[Idx] = Op; 5874 5875 SomeSimplified |= (NewOps[Idx] != Op); 5876 ++Idx; 5877 } 5878 5879 // We won't bother with the InstSimplify interface if we didn't simplify any 5880 // operand ourselves. 5881 if (!SomeSimplified) 5882 return false; 5883 5884 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 5885 Function *F = I.getFunction(); 5886 const auto *DT = 5887 InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F); 5888 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 5889 auto *AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F); 5890 OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE = nullptr; 5891 5892 const DataLayout &DL = I.getModule()->getDataLayout(); 5893 SimplifyQuery Q(DL, TLI, DT, AC, &I); 5894 if (Value *SimplifiedI = 5895 simplifyInstructionWithOperands(&I, NewOps, Q, ORE)) { 5896 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 5897 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, SimplifiedI, I.getType()); 5898 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 5899 } 5900 return false; 5901 } 5902 5903 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 5904 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5905 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 5906 5907 // Do not simplify loads that are only used in llvm.assume if we cannot also 5908 // remove all stores that may feed into the load. The reason is that the 5909 // assume is probably worth something as long as the stores are around. 5910 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&getAssociatedValue())) { 5911 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 5912 if (InfoCache.isOnlyUsedByAssume(*LI)) { 5913 SmallSetVector<Value *, 4> PotentialCopies; 5914 SmallSetVector<Instruction *, 4> PotentialValueOrigins; 5915 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5916 if (AA::getPotentiallyLoadedValues(A, *LI, PotentialCopies, 5917 PotentialValueOrigins, *this, 5918 UsedAssumedInformation, 5919 /* OnlyExact */ true)) { 5920 if (!llvm::all_of(PotentialValueOrigins, [&](Instruction *I) { 5921 if (!I) 5922 return true; 5923 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) 5924 return A.isAssumedDead(SI->getOperandUse(0), this, 5925 /* LivenessAA */ nullptr, 5926 UsedAssumedInformation, 5927 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false); 5928 return A.isAssumedDead(*I, this, /* LivenessAA */ nullptr, 5929 UsedAssumedInformation, 5930 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false); 5931 })) 5932 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5933 } 5934 } 5935 } 5936 5937 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, bool &, 5938 bool Stripped) -> bool { 5939 auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAValueSimplify>( 5940 *this, IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext()), 5941 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 5942 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 5943 5944 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) { 5945 if (auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&V)) 5946 if (handleCmp(A, *Cmp)) 5947 return true; 5948 if (handleGenericInst(A, *I)) 5949 return true; 5950 } 5951 // TODO: Look the instruction and check recursively. 5952 5953 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[ValueSimplify] Can't be stripped more : " << V 5954 << "\n"); 5955 return false; 5956 } 5957 return checkAndUpdate(A, *this, 5958 IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext())); 5959 }; 5960 5961 bool Dummy = false; 5962 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 5963 if (!genericValueTraversal<bool>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, Dummy, 5964 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 5965 UsedAssumedInformation, 5966 /* UseValueSimplify */ false)) 5967 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 5968 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 5969 5970 // If a candicate was found in this update, return CHANGED. 5971 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 5972 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 5973 } 5974 5975 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5976 void trackStatistics() const override { 5977 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(value_simplify) 5978 } 5979 }; 5980 5981 struct AAValueSimplifyFunction : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 5982 AAValueSimplifyFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 5983 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 5984 5985 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5986 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 5987 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = nullptr; 5988 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 5989 } 5990 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 5991 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 5992 llvm_unreachable( 5993 "AAValueSimplify(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will not be called"); 5994 } 5995 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 5996 void trackStatistics() const override { 5997 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(value_simplify) 5998 } 5999 }; 6000 6001 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSite : AAValueSimplifyFunction { 6002 AAValueSimplifyCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6003 : AAValueSimplifyFunction(IRP, A) {} 6004 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 6005 void trackStatistics() const override { 6006 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(value_simplify) 6007 } 6008 }; 6009 6010 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSiteReturned : AAValueSimplifyImpl { 6011 AAValueSimplifyCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6012 : AAValueSimplifyImpl(IRP, A) {} 6013 6014 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6015 AAValueSimplifyImpl::initialize(A); 6016 Function *Fn = getAssociatedFunction(); 6017 if (!Fn) { 6018 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6019 return; 6020 } 6021 for (Argument &Arg : Fn->args()) { 6022 if (Arg.hasReturnedAttr()) { 6023 auto IRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()), 6024 Arg.getArgNo()); 6025 if (IRP.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT && 6026 checkAndUpdate(A, *this, IRP)) 6027 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 6028 else 6029 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6030 return; 6031 } 6032 } 6033 } 6034 6035 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 6036 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 6037 auto Before = SimplifiedAssociatedValue; 6038 auto &RetAA = A.getAAFor<AAReturnedValues>( 6039 *this, IRPosition::function(*getAssociatedFunction()), 6040 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6041 auto PredForReturned = 6042 [&](Value &RetVal, const SmallSetVector<ReturnInst *, 4> &RetInsts) { 6043 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6044 Optional<Value *> CSRetVal = A.translateArgumentToCallSiteContent( 6045 &RetVal, *cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()), *this, 6046 UsedAssumedInformation); 6047 SimplifiedAssociatedValue = AA::combineOptionalValuesInAAValueLatice( 6048 SimplifiedAssociatedValue, CSRetVal, getAssociatedType()); 6049 return SimplifiedAssociatedValue != Optional<Value *>(nullptr); 6050 }; 6051 if (!RetAA.checkForAllReturnedValuesAndReturnInsts(PredForReturned)) 6052 if (!askSimplifiedValueForOtherAAs(A)) 6053 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6054 return Before == SimplifiedAssociatedValue ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 6055 : ChangeStatus ::CHANGED; 6056 } 6057 6058 void trackStatistics() const override { 6059 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(value_simplify) 6060 } 6061 }; 6062 6063 struct AAValueSimplifyCallSiteArgument : AAValueSimplifyFloating { 6064 AAValueSimplifyCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6065 : AAValueSimplifyFloating(IRP, A) {} 6066 6067 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 6068 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 6069 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6070 // TODO: We should avoid simplification duplication to begin with. 6071 auto *FloatAA = A.lookupAAFor<AAValueSimplify>( 6072 IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()), this, DepClassTy::NONE); 6073 if (FloatAA && FloatAA->getState().isValidState()) 6074 return Changed; 6075 6076 if (auto *NewV = manifestReplacementValue(A, getCtxI())) { 6077 Use &U = cast<CallBase>(&getAnchorValue()) 6078 ->getArgOperandUse(getCallSiteArgNo()); 6079 if (A.changeUseAfterManifest(U, *NewV)) 6080 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6081 } 6082 6083 return Changed | AAValueSimplify::manifest(A); 6084 } 6085 6086 void trackStatistics() const override { 6087 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(value_simplify) 6088 } 6089 }; 6090 } // namespace 6091 6092 /// ----------------------- Heap-To-Stack Conversion --------------------------- 6093 namespace { 6094 struct AAHeapToStackFunction final : public AAHeapToStack { 6095 6096 struct AllocationInfo { 6097 /// The call that allocates the memory. 6098 CallBase *const CB; 6099 6100 /// The library function id for the allocation. 6101 LibFunc LibraryFunctionId = NotLibFunc; 6102 6103 /// The status wrt. a rewrite. 6104 enum { 6105 STACK_DUE_TO_USE, 6106 STACK_DUE_TO_FREE, 6107 INVALID, 6108 } Status = STACK_DUE_TO_USE; 6109 6110 /// Flag to indicate if we encountered a use that might free this allocation 6111 /// but which is not in the deallocation infos. 6112 bool HasPotentiallyFreeingUnknownUses = false; 6113 6114 /// The set of free calls that use this allocation. 6115 SmallSetVector<CallBase *, 1> PotentialFreeCalls{}; 6116 }; 6117 6118 struct DeallocationInfo { 6119 /// The call that deallocates the memory. 6120 CallBase *const CB; 6121 6122 /// Flag to indicate if we don't know all objects this deallocation might 6123 /// free. 6124 bool MightFreeUnknownObjects = false; 6125 6126 /// The set of allocation calls that are potentially freed. 6127 SmallSetVector<CallBase *, 1> PotentialAllocationCalls{}; 6128 }; 6129 6130 AAHeapToStackFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6131 : AAHeapToStack(IRP, A) {} 6132 6133 ~AAHeapToStackFunction() { 6134 // Ensure we call the destructor so we release any memory allocated in the 6135 // sets. 6136 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) 6137 It.second->~AllocationInfo(); 6138 for (auto &It : DeallocationInfos) 6139 It.second->~DeallocationInfo(); 6140 } 6141 6142 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 6143 AAHeapToStack::initialize(A); 6144 6145 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 6146 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 6147 6148 auto AllocationIdentifierCB = [&](Instruction &I) { 6149 CallBase *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I); 6150 if (!CB) 6151 return true; 6152 if (isFreeCall(CB, TLI)) { 6153 DeallocationInfos[CB] = new (A.Allocator) DeallocationInfo{CB}; 6154 return true; 6155 } 6156 // To do heap to stack, we need to know that the allocation itself is 6157 // removable once uses are rewritten, and that we can initialize the 6158 // alloca to the same pattern as the original allocation result. 6159 if (isAllocationFn(CB, TLI) && isAllocRemovable(CB, TLI)) { 6160 auto *I8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(CB->getParent()->getContext()); 6161 if (nullptr != getInitialValueOfAllocation(CB, TLI, I8Ty)) { 6162 AllocationInfo *AI = new (A.Allocator) AllocationInfo{CB}; 6163 AllocationInfos[CB] = AI; 6164 if (TLI) 6165 TLI->getLibFunc(*CB, AI->LibraryFunctionId); 6166 } 6167 } 6168 return true; 6169 }; 6170 6171 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6172 bool Success = A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions( 6173 AllocationIdentifierCB, *this, UsedAssumedInformation, 6174 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ false, 6175 /* CheckPotentiallyDead */ true); 6176 (void)Success; 6177 assert(Success && "Did not expect the call base visit callback to fail!"); 6178 6179 Attributor::SimplifictionCallbackTy SCB = 6180 [](const IRPosition &, const AbstractAttribute *, 6181 bool &) -> Optional<Value *> { return nullptr; }; 6182 for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos) 6183 A.registerSimplificationCallback(IRPosition::callsite_returned(*It.first), 6184 SCB); 6185 for (const auto &It : DeallocationInfos) 6186 A.registerSimplificationCallback(IRPosition::callsite_returned(*It.first), 6187 SCB); 6188 } 6189 6190 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 6191 unsigned NumH2SMallocs = 0, NumInvalidMallocs = 0; 6192 for (const auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 6193 if (It.second->Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 6194 ++NumInvalidMallocs; 6195 else 6196 ++NumH2SMallocs; 6197 } 6198 return "[H2S] Mallocs Good/Bad: " + std::to_string(NumH2SMallocs) + "/" + 6199 std::to_string(NumInvalidMallocs); 6200 } 6201 6202 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics(). 6203 void trackStatistics() const override { 6204 STATS_DECL( 6205 MallocCalls, Function, 6206 "Number of malloc/calloc/aligned_alloc calls converted to allocas"); 6207 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) 6208 if (It.second->Status != AllocationInfo::INVALID) 6209 ++BUILD_STAT_NAME(MallocCalls, Function); 6210 } 6211 6212 bool isAssumedHeapToStack(const CallBase &CB) const override { 6213 if (isValidState()) 6214 if (AllocationInfo *AI = 6215 AllocationInfos.lookup(const_cast<CallBase *>(&CB))) 6216 return AI->Status != AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6217 return false; 6218 } 6219 6220 bool isAssumedHeapToStackRemovedFree(CallBase &CB) const override { 6221 if (!isValidState()) 6222 return false; 6223 6224 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 6225 AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second; 6226 if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 6227 continue; 6228 6229 if (AI.PotentialFreeCalls.count(&CB)) 6230 return true; 6231 } 6232 6233 return false; 6234 } 6235 6236 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 6237 assert(getState().isValidState() && 6238 "Attempted to manifest an invalid state!"); 6239 6240 ChangeStatus HasChanged = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6241 Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 6242 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 6243 6244 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 6245 AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second; 6246 if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 6247 continue; 6248 6249 for (CallBase *FreeCall : AI.PotentialFreeCalls) { 6250 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "H2S: Removing free call: " << *FreeCall << "\n"); 6251 A.deleteAfterManifest(*FreeCall); 6252 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6253 } 6254 6255 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "H2S: Removing malloc-like call: " << *AI.CB 6256 << "\n"); 6257 6258 auto Remark = [&](OptimizationRemark OR) { 6259 LibFunc IsAllocShared; 6260 if (TLI->getLibFunc(*AI.CB, IsAllocShared)) 6261 if (IsAllocShared == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) 6262 return OR << "Moving globalized variable to the stack."; 6263 return OR << "Moving memory allocation from the heap to the stack."; 6264 }; 6265 if (AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) 6266 A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemark>(AI.CB, "OMP110", Remark); 6267 else 6268 A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemark>(AI.CB, "HeapToStack", Remark); 6269 6270 const DataLayout &DL = A.getInfoCache().getDL(); 6271 Value *Size; 6272 Optional<APInt> SizeAPI = getSize(A, *this, AI); 6273 if (SizeAPI) { 6274 Size = ConstantInt::get(AI.CB->getContext(), *SizeAPI); 6275 } else { 6276 LLVMContext &Ctx = AI.CB->getContext(); 6277 ObjectSizeOpts Opts; 6278 ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator Eval(DL, TLI, Ctx, Opts); 6279 SizeOffsetEvalType SizeOffsetPair = Eval.compute(AI.CB); 6280 assert(SizeOffsetPair != ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator::unknown() && 6281 cast<ConstantInt>(SizeOffsetPair.second)->isZero()); 6282 Size = SizeOffsetPair.first; 6283 } 6284 6285 Align Alignment(1); 6286 if (MaybeAlign RetAlign = AI.CB->getRetAlign()) 6287 Alignment = std::max(Alignment, *RetAlign); 6288 if (Value *Align = getAllocAlignment(AI.CB, TLI)) { 6289 Optional<APInt> AlignmentAPI = getAPInt(A, *this, *Align); 6290 assert(AlignmentAPI && AlignmentAPI.getValue().getZExtValue() > 0 && 6291 "Expected an alignment during manifest!"); 6292 Alignment = std::max( 6293 Alignment, assumeAligned(AlignmentAPI.getValue().getZExtValue())); 6294 } 6295 6296 // TODO: Hoist the alloca towards the function entry. 6297 unsigned AS = DL.getAllocaAddrSpace(); 6298 Instruction *Alloca = new AllocaInst(Type::getInt8Ty(F->getContext()), AS, 6299 Size, Alignment, "", AI.CB); 6300 6301 if (Alloca->getType() != AI.CB->getType()) 6302 Alloca = BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( 6303 Alloca, AI.CB->getType(), "malloc_cast", AI.CB); 6304 6305 auto *I8Ty = Type::getInt8Ty(F->getContext()); 6306 auto *InitVal = getInitialValueOfAllocation(AI.CB, TLI, I8Ty); 6307 assert(InitVal && 6308 "Must be able to materialize initial memory state of allocation"); 6309 6310 A.changeAfterManifest(IRPosition::inst(*AI.CB), *Alloca); 6311 6312 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(AI.CB)) { 6313 auto *NBB = II->getNormalDest(); 6314 BranchInst::Create(NBB, AI.CB->getParent()); 6315 A.deleteAfterManifest(*AI.CB); 6316 } else { 6317 A.deleteAfterManifest(*AI.CB); 6318 } 6319 6320 // Initialize the alloca with the same value as used by the allocation 6321 // function. We can skip undef as the initial value of an alloc is 6322 // undef, and the memset would simply end up being DSEd. 6323 if (!isa<UndefValue>(InitVal)) { 6324 IRBuilder<> Builder(Alloca->getNextNode()); 6325 // TODO: Use alignment above if align!=1 6326 Builder.CreateMemSet(Alloca, InitVal, Size, None); 6327 } 6328 HasChanged = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6329 } 6330 6331 return HasChanged; 6332 } 6333 6334 Optional<APInt> getAPInt(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA, 6335 Value &V) { 6336 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6337 Optional<Constant *> SimpleV = 6338 A.getAssumedConstant(V, AA, UsedAssumedInformation); 6339 if (!SimpleV) 6340 return APInt(64, 0); 6341 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(SimpleV.getValue())) 6342 return CI->getValue(); 6343 return llvm::None; 6344 } 6345 6346 Optional<APInt> getSize(Attributor &A, const AbstractAttribute &AA, 6347 AllocationInfo &AI) { 6348 auto Mapper = [&](const Value *V) -> const Value * { 6349 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6350 if (Optional<Constant *> SimpleV = 6351 A.getAssumedConstant(*V, AA, UsedAssumedInformation)) 6352 if (*SimpleV) 6353 return *SimpleV; 6354 return V; 6355 }; 6356 6357 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 6358 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 6359 return getAllocSize(AI.CB, TLI, Mapper); 6360 } 6361 6362 /// Collection of all malloc-like calls in a function with associated 6363 /// information. 6364 MapVector<CallBase *, AllocationInfo *> AllocationInfos; 6365 6366 /// Collection of all free-like calls in a function with associated 6367 /// information. 6368 MapVector<CallBase *, DeallocationInfo *> DeallocationInfos; 6369 6370 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 6371 }; 6372 6373 ChangeStatus AAHeapToStackFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 6374 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6375 const Function *F = getAnchorScope(); 6376 const auto *TLI = A.getInfoCache().getTargetLibraryInfoForFunction(*F); 6377 6378 const auto &LivenessAA = 6379 A.getAAFor<AAIsDead>(*this, IRPosition::function(*F), DepClassTy::NONE); 6380 6381 MustBeExecutedContextExplorer &Explorer = 6382 A.getInfoCache().getMustBeExecutedContextExplorer(); 6383 6384 bool StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads = 6385 A.getInfoCache().stackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads(); 6386 6387 // Flag to ensure we update our deallocation information at most once per 6388 // updateImpl call and only if we use the free check reasoning. 6389 bool HasUpdatedFrees = false; 6390 6391 auto UpdateFrees = [&]() { 6392 HasUpdatedFrees = true; 6393 6394 for (auto &It : DeallocationInfos) { 6395 DeallocationInfo &DI = *It.second; 6396 // For now we cannot use deallocations that have unknown inputs, skip 6397 // them. 6398 if (DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects) 6399 continue; 6400 6401 // No need to analyze dead calls, ignore them instead. 6402 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6403 if (A.isAssumedDead(*DI.CB, this, &LivenessAA, UsedAssumedInformation, 6404 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true)) 6405 continue; 6406 6407 // Use the optimistic version to get the freed objects, ignoring dead 6408 // branches etc. 6409 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Objects; 6410 if (!AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(A, *DI.CB->getArgOperand(0), Objects, 6411 *this, DI.CB, 6412 UsedAssumedInformation)) { 6413 LLVM_DEBUG( 6414 dbgs() 6415 << "[H2S] Unexpected failure in getAssumedUnderlyingObjects!\n"); 6416 DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true; 6417 continue; 6418 } 6419 6420 // Check each object explicitly. 6421 for (auto *Obj : Objects) { 6422 // Free of null and undef can be ignored as no-ops (or UB in the latter 6423 // case). 6424 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Obj) || isa<UndefValue>(Obj)) 6425 continue; 6426 6427 CallBase *ObjCB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Obj); 6428 if (!ObjCB) { 6429 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 6430 << "[H2S] Free of a non-call object: " << *Obj << "\n"); 6431 DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true; 6432 continue; 6433 } 6434 6435 AllocationInfo *AI = AllocationInfos.lookup(ObjCB); 6436 if (!AI) { 6437 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Free of a non-allocation object: " << *Obj 6438 << "\n"); 6439 DI.MightFreeUnknownObjects = true; 6440 continue; 6441 } 6442 6443 DI.PotentialAllocationCalls.insert(ObjCB); 6444 } 6445 } 6446 }; 6447 6448 auto FreeCheck = [&](AllocationInfo &AI) { 6449 // If the stack is not accessible by other threads, the "must-free" logic 6450 // doesn't apply as the pointer could be shared and needs to be places in 6451 // "shareable" memory. 6452 if (!StackIsAccessibleByOtherThreads) { 6453 auto &NoSyncAA = 6454 A.getAAFor<AANoSync>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6455 if (!NoSyncAA.isAssumedNoSync()) { 6456 LLVM_DEBUG( 6457 dbgs() << "[H2S] found an escaping use, stack is not accessible by " 6458 "other threads and function is not nosync:\n"); 6459 return false; 6460 } 6461 } 6462 if (!HasUpdatedFrees) 6463 UpdateFrees(); 6464 6465 // TODO: Allow multi exit functions that have different free calls. 6466 if (AI.PotentialFreeCalls.size() != 1) { 6467 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] did not find one free call but " 6468 << AI.PotentialFreeCalls.size() << "\n"); 6469 return false; 6470 } 6471 CallBase *UniqueFree = *AI.PotentialFreeCalls.begin(); 6472 DeallocationInfo *DI = DeallocationInfos.lookup(UniqueFree); 6473 if (!DI) { 6474 LLVM_DEBUG( 6475 dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call was not known as deallocation call " 6476 << *UniqueFree << "\n"); 6477 return false; 6478 } 6479 if (DI->MightFreeUnknownObjects) { 6480 LLVM_DEBUG( 6481 dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might free unknown allocations\n"); 6482 return false; 6483 } 6484 if (DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.empty()) 6485 return true; 6486 if (DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.size() > 1) { 6487 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] unique free call might free " 6488 << DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.size() 6489 << " different allocations\n"); 6490 return false; 6491 } 6492 if (*DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.begin() != AI.CB) { 6493 LLVM_DEBUG( 6494 dbgs() 6495 << "[H2S] unique free call not known to free this allocation but " 6496 << **DI->PotentialAllocationCalls.begin() << "\n"); 6497 return false; 6498 } 6499 Instruction *CtxI = isa<InvokeInst>(AI.CB) ? AI.CB : AI.CB->getNextNode(); 6500 if (!Explorer.findInContextOf(UniqueFree, CtxI)) { 6501 LLVM_DEBUG( 6502 dbgs() 6503 << "[H2S] unique free call might not be executed with the allocation " 6504 << *UniqueFree << "\n"); 6505 return false; 6506 } 6507 return true; 6508 }; 6509 6510 auto UsesCheck = [&](AllocationInfo &AI) { 6511 bool ValidUsesOnly = true; 6512 6513 auto Pred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 6514 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 6515 if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI)) 6516 return true; 6517 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) { 6518 if (SI->getValueOperand() == U.get()) { 6519 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() 6520 << "[H2S] escaping store to memory: " << *UserI << "\n"); 6521 ValidUsesOnly = false; 6522 } else { 6523 // A store into the malloc'ed memory is fine. 6524 } 6525 return true; 6526 } 6527 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI)) { 6528 if (!CB->isArgOperand(&U) || CB->isLifetimeStartOrEnd()) 6529 return true; 6530 if (DeallocationInfos.count(CB)) { 6531 AI.PotentialFreeCalls.insert(CB); 6532 return true; 6533 } 6534 6535 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 6536 6537 const auto &NoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>( 6538 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 6539 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6540 6541 // If a call site argument use is nofree, we are fine. 6542 const auto &ArgNoFreeAA = A.getAAFor<AANoFree>( 6543 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), 6544 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6545 6546 bool MaybeCaptured = !NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture(); 6547 bool MaybeFreed = !ArgNoFreeAA.isAssumedNoFree(); 6548 if (MaybeCaptured || 6549 (AI.LibraryFunctionId != LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared && 6550 MaybeFreed)) { 6551 AI.HasPotentiallyFreeingUnknownUses |= MaybeFreed; 6552 6553 // Emit a missed remark if this is missed OpenMP globalization. 6554 auto Remark = [&](OptimizationRemarkMissed ORM) { 6555 return ORM 6556 << "Could not move globalized variable to the stack. " 6557 "Variable is potentially captured in call. Mark " 6558 "parameter as `__attribute__((noescape))` to override."; 6559 }; 6560 6561 if (ValidUsesOnly && 6562 AI.LibraryFunctionId == LibFunc___kmpc_alloc_shared) 6563 A.emitRemark<OptimizationRemarkMissed>(CB, "OMP113", Remark); 6564 6565 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Bad user: " << *UserI << "\n"); 6566 ValidUsesOnly = false; 6567 } 6568 return true; 6569 } 6570 6571 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<BitCastInst>(UserI) || 6572 isa<PHINode>(UserI) || isa<SelectInst>(UserI)) { 6573 Follow = true; 6574 return true; 6575 } 6576 // Unknown user for which we can not track uses further (in a way that 6577 // makes sense). 6578 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown user: " << *UserI << "\n"); 6579 ValidUsesOnly = false; 6580 return true; 6581 }; 6582 if (!A.checkForAllUses(Pred, *this, *AI.CB)) 6583 return false; 6584 return ValidUsesOnly; 6585 }; 6586 6587 // The actual update starts here. We look at all allocations and depending on 6588 // their status perform the appropriate check(s). 6589 for (auto &It : AllocationInfos) { 6590 AllocationInfo &AI = *It.second; 6591 if (AI.Status == AllocationInfo::INVALID) 6592 continue; 6593 6594 if (Value *Align = getAllocAlignment(AI.CB, TLI)) { 6595 Optional<APInt> APAlign = getAPInt(A, *this, *Align); 6596 if (!APAlign) { 6597 // Can't generate an alloca which respects the required alignment 6598 // on the allocation. 6599 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown allocation alignment: " << *AI.CB 6600 << "\n"); 6601 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6602 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6603 continue; 6604 } else { 6605 if (APAlign->ugt(llvm::Value::MaximumAlignment) || 6606 !APAlign->isPowerOf2()) { 6607 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[H2S] Invalid allocation alignment: " << APAlign 6608 << "\n"); 6609 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6610 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6611 continue; 6612 } 6613 } 6614 } 6615 6616 if (MaxHeapToStackSize != -1) { 6617 Optional<APInt> Size = getSize(A, *this, AI); 6618 if (!Size || Size.getValue().ugt(MaxHeapToStackSize)) { 6619 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6620 if (!Size) 6621 dbgs() << "[H2S] Unknown allocation size: " << *AI.CB << "\n"; 6622 else 6623 dbgs() << "[H2S] Allocation size too large: " << *AI.CB << " vs. " 6624 << MaxHeapToStackSize << "\n"; 6625 }); 6626 6627 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6628 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6629 continue; 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 switch (AI.Status) { 6634 case AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_USE: 6635 if (UsesCheck(AI)) 6636 continue; 6637 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_FREE; 6638 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 6639 case AllocationInfo::STACK_DUE_TO_FREE: 6640 if (FreeCheck(AI)) 6641 continue; 6642 AI.Status = AllocationInfo::INVALID; 6643 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6644 continue; 6645 case AllocationInfo::INVALID: 6646 llvm_unreachable("Invalid allocations should never reach this point!"); 6647 }; 6648 } 6649 6650 return Changed; 6651 } 6652 } // namespace 6653 6654 /// ----------------------- Privatizable Pointers ------------------------------ 6655 namespace { 6656 struct AAPrivatizablePtrImpl : public AAPrivatizablePtr { 6657 AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6658 : AAPrivatizablePtr(IRP, A), PrivatizableType(llvm::None) {} 6659 6660 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 6661 AAPrivatizablePtr::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6662 PrivatizableType = nullptr; 6663 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 6664 } 6665 6666 /// Identify the type we can chose for a private copy of the underlying 6667 /// argument. None means it is not clear yet, nullptr means there is none. 6668 virtual Optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) = 0; 6669 6670 /// Return a privatizable type that encloses both T0 and T1. 6671 /// TODO: This is merely a stub for now as we should manage a mapping as well. 6672 Optional<Type *> combineTypes(Optional<Type *> T0, Optional<Type *> T1) { 6673 if (!T0) 6674 return T1; 6675 if (!T1) 6676 return T0; 6677 if (T0 == T1) 6678 return T0; 6679 return nullptr; 6680 } 6681 6682 Optional<Type *> getPrivatizableType() const override { 6683 return PrivatizableType; 6684 } 6685 6686 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 6687 return isAssumedPrivatizablePtr() ? "[priv]" : "[no-priv]"; 6688 } 6689 6690 protected: 6691 Optional<Type *> PrivatizableType; 6692 }; 6693 6694 // TODO: Do this for call site arguments (probably also other values) as well. 6695 6696 struct AAPrivatizablePtrArgument final : public AAPrivatizablePtrImpl { 6697 AAPrivatizablePtrArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 6698 : AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(IRP, A) {} 6699 6700 /// See AAPrivatizablePtrImpl::identifyPrivatizableType(...) 6701 Optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) override { 6702 // If this is a byval argument and we know all the call sites (so we can 6703 // rewrite them), there is no need to check them explicitly. 6704 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6705 SmallVector<Attribute, 1> Attrs; 6706 getAttrs({Attribute::ByVal}, Attrs, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 6707 if (!Attrs.empty() && 6708 A.checkForAllCallSites([](AbstractCallSite ACS) { return true; }, *this, 6709 true, UsedAssumedInformation)) 6710 return Attrs[0].getValueAsType(); 6711 6712 Optional<Type *> Ty; 6713 unsigned ArgNo = getIRPosition().getCallSiteArgNo(); 6714 6715 // Make sure the associated call site argument has the same type at all call 6716 // sites and it is an allocation we know is safe to privatize, for now that 6717 // means we only allow alloca instructions. 6718 // TODO: We can additionally analyze the accesses in the callee to create 6719 // the type from that information instead. That is a little more 6720 // involved and will be done in a follow up patch. 6721 auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6722 IRPosition ACSArgPos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(ACS, ArgNo); 6723 // Check if a coresponding argument was found or if it is one not 6724 // associated (which can happen for callback calls). 6725 if (ACSArgPos.getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_INVALID) 6726 return false; 6727 6728 // Check that all call sites agree on a type. 6729 auto &PrivCSArgAA = 6730 A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>(*this, ACSArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6731 Optional<Type *> CSTy = PrivCSArgAA.getPrivatizableType(); 6732 6733 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6734 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] ACSPos: " << ACSArgPos << ", CSTy: "; 6735 if (CSTy && CSTy.getValue()) 6736 CSTy.getValue()->print(dbgs()); 6737 else if (CSTy) 6738 dbgs() << "<nullptr>"; 6739 else 6740 dbgs() << "<none>"; 6741 }); 6742 6743 Ty = combineTypes(Ty, CSTy); 6744 6745 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6746 dbgs() << " : New Type: "; 6747 if (Ty && Ty.getValue()) 6748 Ty.getValue()->print(dbgs()); 6749 else if (Ty) 6750 dbgs() << "<nullptr>"; 6751 else 6752 dbgs() << "<none>"; 6753 dbgs() << "\n"; 6754 }); 6755 6756 return !Ty || Ty.getValue(); 6757 }; 6758 6759 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, *this, true, 6760 UsedAssumedInformation)) 6761 return nullptr; 6762 return Ty; 6763 } 6764 6765 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 6766 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 6767 PrivatizableType = identifyPrivatizableType(A); 6768 if (!PrivatizableType) 6769 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6770 if (!PrivatizableType.getValue()) 6771 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6772 6773 // The dependence is optional so we don't give up once we give up on the 6774 // alignment. 6775 A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(getAssociatedValue()), 6776 DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 6777 6778 // Avoid arguments with padding for now. 6779 if (!getIRPosition().hasAttr(Attribute::ByVal) && 6780 !isDenselyPacked(*PrivatizableType, A.getInfoCache().getDL())) { 6781 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Padding detected\n"); 6782 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6783 } 6784 6785 // Collect the types that will replace the privatizable type in the function 6786 // signature. 6787 SmallVector<Type *, 16> ReplacementTypes; 6788 identifyReplacementTypes(*PrivatizableType, ReplacementTypes); 6789 6790 // Verify callee and caller agree on how the promoted argument would be 6791 // passed. 6792 Function &Fn = *getIRPosition().getAnchorScope(); 6793 const auto *TTI = 6794 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<TargetIRAnalysis>(Fn); 6795 if (!TTI) { 6796 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Missing TTI for function " 6797 << Fn.getName() << "\n"); 6798 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6799 } 6800 6801 auto CallSiteCheck = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6802 CallBase *CB = ACS.getInstruction(); 6803 return TTI->areTypesABICompatible( 6804 CB->getCaller(), CB->getCalledFunction(), ReplacementTypes); 6805 }; 6806 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 6807 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSiteCheck, *this, true, 6808 UsedAssumedInformation)) { 6809 LLVM_DEBUG( 6810 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] ABI incompatibility detected for " 6811 << Fn.getName() << "\n"); 6812 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6813 } 6814 6815 // Register a rewrite of the argument. 6816 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 6817 if (!A.isValidFunctionSignatureRewrite(*Arg, ReplacementTypes)) { 6818 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Rewrite not valid\n"); 6819 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6820 } 6821 6822 unsigned ArgNo = Arg->getArgNo(); 6823 6824 // Helper to check if for the given call site the associated argument is 6825 // passed to a callback where the privatization would be different. 6826 auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfCallback = [&](CallBase &CB) { 6827 SmallVector<const Use *, 4> CallbackUses; 6828 AbstractCallSite::getCallbackUses(CB, CallbackUses); 6829 for (const Use *U : CallbackUses) { 6830 AbstractCallSite CBACS(U); 6831 assert(CBACS && CBACS.isCallbackCall()); 6832 for (Argument &CBArg : CBACS.getCalledFunction()->args()) { 6833 int CBArgNo = CBACS.getCallArgOperandNo(CBArg); 6834 6835 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6836 dbgs() 6837 << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6838 << "check if can be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6839 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6840 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6841 "callback (" 6842 << CBArgNo << "@" << CBACS.getCalledFunction()->getName() 6843 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] " << CBArg << " : " 6844 << CBACS.getCallArgOperand(CBArg) << " vs " 6845 << CB.getArgOperand(ArgNo) << "\n" 6846 << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] " << CBArg << " : " 6847 << CBACS.getCallArgOperandNo(CBArg) << " vs " << ArgNo << "\n"; 6848 }); 6849 6850 if (CBArgNo != int(ArgNo)) 6851 continue; 6852 const auto &CBArgPrivAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>( 6853 *this, IRPosition::argument(CBArg), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6854 if (CBArgPrivAA.isValidState()) { 6855 auto CBArgPrivTy = CBArgPrivAA.getPrivatizableType(); 6856 if (!CBArgPrivTy) 6857 continue; 6858 if (CBArgPrivTy.getValue() == PrivatizableType) 6859 continue; 6860 } 6861 6862 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6863 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6864 << " cannot be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6865 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6866 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6867 "callback (" 6868 << CBArgNo << "@" << CBACS.getCalledFunction()->getName() 6869 << ").\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] for which the argument " 6870 "privatization is not compatible.\n"; 6871 }); 6872 return false; 6873 } 6874 } 6875 return true; 6876 }; 6877 6878 // Helper to check if for the given call site the associated argument is 6879 // passed to a direct call where the privatization would be different. 6880 auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfDirectCS = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6881 CallBase *DC = cast<CallBase>(ACS.getInstruction()); 6882 int DCArgNo = ACS.getCallArgOperandNo(ArgNo); 6883 assert(DCArgNo >= 0 && unsigned(DCArgNo) < DC->arg_size() && 6884 "Expected a direct call operand for callback call operand"); 6885 6886 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6887 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6888 << " check if be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6889 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6890 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6891 "direct call of (" 6892 << DCArgNo << "@" << DC->getCalledFunction()->getName() 6893 << ").\n"; 6894 }); 6895 6896 Function *DCCallee = DC->getCalledFunction(); 6897 if (unsigned(DCArgNo) < DCCallee->arg_size()) { 6898 const auto &DCArgPrivAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>( 6899 *this, IRPosition::argument(*DCCallee->getArg(DCArgNo)), 6900 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 6901 if (DCArgPrivAA.isValidState()) { 6902 auto DCArgPrivTy = DCArgPrivAA.getPrivatizableType(); 6903 if (!DCArgPrivTy) 6904 return true; 6905 if (DCArgPrivTy.getValue() == PrivatizableType) 6906 return true; 6907 } 6908 } 6909 6910 LLVM_DEBUG({ 6911 dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Argument " << *Arg 6912 << " cannot be privatized in the context of its parent (" 6913 << Arg->getParent()->getName() 6914 << ")\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] because it is an argument in a " 6915 "direct call of (" 6916 << ACS.getInstruction()->getCalledFunction()->getName() 6917 << ").\n[AAPrivatizablePtr] for which the argument " 6918 "privatization is not compatible.\n"; 6919 }); 6920 return false; 6921 }; 6922 6923 // Helper to check if the associated argument is used at the given abstract 6924 // call site in a way that is incompatible with the privatization assumed 6925 // here. 6926 auto IsCompatiblePrivArgOfOtherCallSite = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 6927 if (ACS.isDirectCall()) 6928 return IsCompatiblePrivArgOfCallback(*ACS.getInstruction()); 6929 if (ACS.isCallbackCall()) 6930 return IsCompatiblePrivArgOfDirectCS(ACS); 6931 return false; 6932 }; 6933 6934 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(IsCompatiblePrivArgOfOtherCallSite, *this, true, 6935 UsedAssumedInformation)) 6936 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 6937 6938 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 6939 } 6940 6941 /// Given a type to private \p PrivType, collect the constituates (which are 6942 /// used) in \p ReplacementTypes. 6943 static void 6944 identifyReplacementTypes(Type *PrivType, 6945 SmallVectorImpl<Type *> &ReplacementTypes) { 6946 // TODO: For now we expand the privatization type to the fullest which can 6947 // lead to dead arguments that need to be removed later. 6948 assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!"); 6949 6950 // Traverse the type, extract constituate types on the outermost level. 6951 if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) { 6952 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) 6953 ReplacementTypes.push_back(PrivStructType->getElementType(u)); 6954 } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) { 6955 ReplacementTypes.append(PrivArrayType->getNumElements(), 6956 PrivArrayType->getElementType()); 6957 } else { 6958 ReplacementTypes.push_back(PrivType); 6959 } 6960 } 6961 6962 /// Initialize \p Base according to the type \p PrivType at position \p IP. 6963 /// The values needed are taken from the arguments of \p F starting at 6964 /// position \p ArgNo. 6965 static void createInitialization(Type *PrivType, Value &Base, Function &F, 6966 unsigned ArgNo, Instruction &IP) { 6967 assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!"); 6968 6969 IRBuilder<NoFolder> IRB(&IP); 6970 const DataLayout &DL = F.getParent()->getDataLayout(); 6971 6972 // Traverse the type, build GEPs and stores. 6973 if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) { 6974 const StructLayout *PrivStructLayout = DL.getStructLayout(PrivStructType); 6975 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 6976 Type *PointeeTy = PrivStructType->getElementType(u)->getPointerTo(); 6977 Value *Ptr = 6978 constructPointer(PointeeTy, PrivType, &Base, 6979 PrivStructLayout->getElementOffset(u), IRB, DL); 6980 new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo + u), Ptr, &IP); 6981 } 6982 } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) { 6983 Type *PointeeTy = PrivArrayType->getElementType(); 6984 Type *PointeePtrTy = PointeeTy->getPointerTo(); 6985 uint64_t PointeeTySize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PointeeTy); 6986 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivArrayType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 6987 Value *Ptr = constructPointer(PointeePtrTy, PrivType, &Base, 6988 u * PointeeTySize, IRB, DL); 6989 new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo + u), Ptr, &IP); 6990 } 6991 } else { 6992 new StoreInst(F.getArg(ArgNo), &Base, &IP); 6993 } 6994 } 6995 6996 /// Extract values from \p Base according to the type \p PrivType at the 6997 /// call position \p ACS. The values are appended to \p ReplacementValues. 6998 void createReplacementValues(Align Alignment, Type *PrivType, 6999 AbstractCallSite ACS, Value *Base, 7000 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &ReplacementValues) { 7001 assert(Base && "Expected base value!"); 7002 assert(PrivType && "Expected privatizable type!"); 7003 Instruction *IP = ACS.getInstruction(); 7004 7005 IRBuilder<NoFolder> IRB(IP); 7006 const DataLayout &DL = IP->getModule()->getDataLayout(); 7007 7008 Type *PrivPtrType = PrivType->getPointerTo(); 7009 if (Base->getType() != PrivPtrType) 7010 Base = BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( 7011 Base, PrivPtrType, "", ACS.getInstruction()); 7012 7013 // Traverse the type, build GEPs and loads. 7014 if (auto *PrivStructType = dyn_cast<StructType>(PrivType)) { 7015 const StructLayout *PrivStructLayout = DL.getStructLayout(PrivStructType); 7016 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivStructType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 7017 Type *PointeeTy = PrivStructType->getElementType(u); 7018 Value *Ptr = 7019 constructPointer(PointeeTy->getPointerTo(), PrivType, Base, 7020 PrivStructLayout->getElementOffset(u), IRB, DL); 7021 LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PointeeTy, Ptr, "", IP); 7022 L->setAlignment(Alignment); 7023 ReplacementValues.push_back(L); 7024 } 7025 } else if (auto *PrivArrayType = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PrivType)) { 7026 Type *PointeeTy = PrivArrayType->getElementType(); 7027 uint64_t PointeeTySize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(PointeeTy); 7028 Type *PointeePtrTy = PointeeTy->getPointerTo(); 7029 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PrivArrayType->getNumElements(); u < e; u++) { 7030 Value *Ptr = constructPointer(PointeePtrTy, PrivType, Base, 7031 u * PointeeTySize, IRB, DL); 7032 LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PointeeTy, Ptr, "", IP); 7033 L->setAlignment(Alignment); 7034 ReplacementValues.push_back(L); 7035 } 7036 } else { 7037 LoadInst *L = new LoadInst(PrivType, Base, "", IP); 7038 L->setAlignment(Alignment); 7039 ReplacementValues.push_back(L); 7040 } 7041 } 7042 7043 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...) 7044 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7045 if (!PrivatizableType) 7046 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7047 assert(PrivatizableType.getValue() && "Expected privatizable type!"); 7048 7049 // Collect all tail calls in the function as we cannot allow new allocas to 7050 // escape into tail recursion. 7051 // TODO: Be smarter about new allocas escaping into tail calls. 7052 SmallVector<CallInst *, 16> TailCalls; 7053 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 7054 if (!A.checkForAllInstructions( 7055 [&](Instruction &I) { 7056 CallInst &CI = cast<CallInst>(I); 7057 if (CI.isTailCall()) 7058 TailCalls.push_back(&CI); 7059 return true; 7060 }, 7061 *this, {Instruction::Call}, UsedAssumedInformation)) 7062 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7063 7064 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7065 // Query AAAlign attribute for alignment of associated argument to 7066 // determine the best alignment of loads. 7067 const auto &AlignAA = 7068 A.getAAFor<AAAlign>(*this, IRPosition::value(*Arg), DepClassTy::NONE); 7069 7070 // Callback to repair the associated function. A new alloca is placed at the 7071 // beginning and initialized with the values passed through arguments. The 7072 // new alloca replaces the use of the old pointer argument. 7073 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::CalleeRepairCBTy FnRepairCB = 7074 [=](const Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo &ARI, 7075 Function &ReplacementFn, Function::arg_iterator ArgIt) { 7076 BasicBlock &EntryBB = ReplacementFn.getEntryBlock(); 7077 Instruction *IP = &*EntryBB.getFirstInsertionPt(); 7078 const DataLayout &DL = IP->getModule()->getDataLayout(); 7079 unsigned AS = DL.getAllocaAddrSpace(); 7080 Instruction *AI = new AllocaInst(PrivatizableType.getValue(), AS, 7081 Arg->getName() + ".priv", IP); 7082 createInitialization(PrivatizableType.getValue(), *AI, ReplacementFn, 7083 ArgIt->getArgNo(), *IP); 7084 7085 if (AI->getType() != Arg->getType()) 7086 AI = BitCastInst::CreatePointerBitCastOrAddrSpaceCast( 7087 AI, Arg->getType(), "", IP); 7088 Arg->replaceAllUsesWith(AI); 7089 7090 for (CallInst *CI : TailCalls) 7091 CI->setTailCall(false); 7092 }; 7093 7094 // Callback to repair a call site of the associated function. The elements 7095 // of the privatizable type are loaded prior to the call and passed to the 7096 // new function version. 7097 Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo::ACSRepairCBTy ACSRepairCB = 7098 [=, &AlignAA](const Attributor::ArgumentReplacementInfo &ARI, 7099 AbstractCallSite ACS, 7100 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &NewArgOperands) { 7101 // When no alignment is specified for the load instruction, 7102 // natural alignment is assumed. 7103 createReplacementValues( 7104 AlignAA.getAssumedAlign(), *PrivatizableType, ACS, 7105 ACS.getCallArgOperand(ARI.getReplacedArg().getArgNo()), 7106 NewArgOperands); 7107 }; 7108 7109 // Collect the types that will replace the privatizable type in the function 7110 // signature. 7111 SmallVector<Type *, 16> ReplacementTypes; 7112 identifyReplacementTypes(*PrivatizableType, ReplacementTypes); 7113 7114 // Register a rewrite of the argument. 7115 if (A.registerFunctionSignatureRewrite(*Arg, ReplacementTypes, 7116 std::move(FnRepairCB), 7117 std::move(ACSRepairCB))) 7118 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 7119 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7120 } 7121 7122 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7123 void trackStatistics() const override { 7124 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 7125 } 7126 }; 7127 7128 struct AAPrivatizablePtrFloating : public AAPrivatizablePtrImpl { 7129 AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7130 : AAPrivatizablePtrImpl(IRP, A) {} 7131 7132 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7133 virtual void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7134 // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments. 7135 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7136 } 7137 7138 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7139 llvm_unreachable("AAPrivatizablePtr(Floating|Returned|CallSiteReturned)::" 7140 "updateImpl will not be called"); 7141 } 7142 7143 /// See AAPrivatizablePtrImpl::identifyPrivatizableType(...) 7144 Optional<Type *> identifyPrivatizableType(Attributor &A) override { 7145 Value *Obj = getUnderlyingObject(&getAssociatedValue()); 7146 if (!Obj) { 7147 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] No underlying object found!\n"); 7148 return nullptr; 7149 } 7150 7151 if (auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Obj)) 7152 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI->getArraySize())) 7153 if (CI->isOne()) 7154 return AI->getAllocatedType(); 7155 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Obj)) { 7156 auto &PrivArgAA = A.getAAFor<AAPrivatizablePtr>( 7157 *this, IRPosition::argument(*Arg), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7158 if (PrivArgAA.isAssumedPrivatizablePtr()) 7159 return PrivArgAA.getPrivatizableType(); 7160 } 7161 7162 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] Underlying object neither valid " 7163 "alloca nor privatizable argument: " 7164 << *Obj << "!\n"); 7165 return nullptr; 7166 } 7167 7168 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7169 void trackStatistics() const override { 7170 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 7171 } 7172 }; 7173 7174 struct AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteArgument final 7175 : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating { 7176 AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7177 : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {} 7178 7179 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7180 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7181 if (getIRPosition().hasAttr(Attribute::ByVal)) 7182 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 7183 } 7184 7185 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7186 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7187 PrivatizableType = identifyPrivatizableType(A); 7188 if (!PrivatizableType) 7189 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7190 if (!PrivatizableType.getValue()) 7191 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7192 7193 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7194 auto &NoCaptureAA = 7195 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7196 if (!NoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture()) { 7197 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer might be captured!\n"); 7198 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7199 } 7200 7201 auto &NoAliasAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7202 if (!NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias()) { 7203 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer might alias!\n"); 7204 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7205 } 7206 7207 bool IsKnown; 7208 if (!AA::isAssumedReadOnly(A, IRP, *this, IsKnown)) { 7209 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPrivatizablePtr] pointer is written!\n"); 7210 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7211 } 7212 7213 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7214 } 7215 7216 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7217 void trackStatistics() const override { 7218 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 7219 } 7220 }; 7221 7222 struct AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteReturned final 7223 : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating { 7224 AAPrivatizablePtrCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7225 : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {} 7226 7227 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7228 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7229 // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments. 7230 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7231 } 7232 7233 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7234 void trackStatistics() const override { 7235 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 7236 } 7237 }; 7238 7239 struct AAPrivatizablePtrReturned final : public AAPrivatizablePtrFloating { 7240 AAPrivatizablePtrReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7241 : AAPrivatizablePtrFloating(IRP, A) {} 7242 7243 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7244 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7245 // TODO: We can privatize more than arguments. 7246 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7247 } 7248 7249 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7250 void trackStatistics() const override { 7251 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(privatizable_ptr); 7252 } 7253 }; 7254 } // namespace 7255 7256 /// -------------------- Memory Behavior Attributes ---------------------------- 7257 /// Includes read-none, read-only, and write-only. 7258 /// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7259 namespace { 7260 struct AAMemoryBehaviorImpl : public AAMemoryBehavior { 7261 AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7262 : AAMemoryBehavior(IRP, A) {} 7263 7264 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7265 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7266 intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE); 7267 getKnownStateFromValue(getIRPosition(), getState()); 7268 AAMemoryBehavior::initialize(A); 7269 } 7270 7271 /// Return the memory behavior information encoded in the IR for \p IRP. 7272 static void getKnownStateFromValue(const IRPosition &IRP, 7273 BitIntegerState &State, 7274 bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions = false) { 7275 SmallVector<Attribute, 2> Attrs; 7276 IRP.getAttrs(AttrKinds, Attrs, IgnoreSubsumingPositions); 7277 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) { 7278 switch (Attr.getKindAsEnum()) { 7279 case Attribute::ReadNone: 7280 State.addKnownBits(NO_ACCESSES); 7281 break; 7282 case Attribute::ReadOnly: 7283 State.addKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 7284 break; 7285 case Attribute::WriteOnly: 7286 State.addKnownBits(NO_READS); 7287 break; 7288 default: 7289 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected attribute!"); 7290 } 7291 } 7292 7293 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&IRP.getAnchorValue())) { 7294 if (!I->mayReadFromMemory()) 7295 State.addKnownBits(NO_READS); 7296 if (!I->mayWriteToMemory()) 7297 State.addKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 7298 } 7299 } 7300 7301 /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes(...). 7302 void getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 7303 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 7304 assert(Attrs.size() == 0); 7305 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7306 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadNone)); 7307 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7308 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadOnly)); 7309 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7310 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::WriteOnly)); 7311 assert(Attrs.size() <= 1); 7312 } 7313 7314 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7315 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7316 if (hasAttr(Attribute::ReadNone, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true)) 7317 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7318 7319 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7320 7321 // Check if we would improve the existing attributes first. 7322 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> DeducedAttrs; 7323 getDeducedAttributes(IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), DeducedAttrs); 7324 if (llvm::all_of(DeducedAttrs, [&](const Attribute &Attr) { 7325 return IRP.hasAttr(Attr.getKindAsEnum(), 7326 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 7327 })) 7328 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7329 7330 // Clear existing attributes. 7331 IRP.removeAttrs(AttrKinds); 7332 7333 // Use the generic manifest method. 7334 return IRAttribute::manifest(A); 7335 } 7336 7337 /// See AbstractState::getAsStr(). 7338 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 7339 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7340 return "readnone"; 7341 if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7342 return "readonly"; 7343 if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7344 return "writeonly"; 7345 return "may-read/write"; 7346 } 7347 7348 /// The set of IR attributes AAMemoryBehavior deals with. 7349 static const Attribute::AttrKind AttrKinds[3]; 7350 }; 7351 7352 const Attribute::AttrKind AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::AttrKinds[] = { 7353 Attribute::ReadNone, Attribute::ReadOnly, Attribute::WriteOnly}; 7354 7355 /// Memory behavior attribute for a floating value. 7356 struct AAMemoryBehaviorFloating : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl { 7357 AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7358 : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 7359 7360 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7361 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 7362 7363 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7364 void trackStatistics() const override { 7365 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7366 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(readnone) 7367 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7368 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(readonly) 7369 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7370 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(writeonly) 7371 } 7372 7373 private: 7374 /// Return true if users of \p UserI might access the underlying 7375 /// variable/location described by \p U and should therefore be analyzed. 7376 bool followUsersOfUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, 7377 const Instruction *UserI); 7378 7379 /// Update the state according to the effect of use \p U in \p UserI. 7380 void analyzeUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, const Instruction *UserI); 7381 }; 7382 7383 /// Memory behavior attribute for function argument. 7384 struct AAMemoryBehaviorArgument : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating { 7385 AAMemoryBehaviorArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7386 : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(IRP, A) {} 7387 7388 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7389 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7390 intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE); 7391 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7392 // TODO: Make IgnoreSubsumingPositions a property of an IRAttribute so we 7393 // can query it when we use has/getAttr. That would allow us to reuse the 7394 // initialize of the base class here. 7395 bool HasByVal = 7396 IRP.hasAttr({Attribute::ByVal}, /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 7397 getKnownStateFromValue(IRP, getState(), 7398 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ HasByVal); 7399 7400 // Initialize the use vector with all direct uses of the associated value. 7401 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7402 if (!Arg || !A.isFunctionIPOAmendable(*(Arg->getParent()))) 7403 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7404 } 7405 7406 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7407 // TODO: Pointer arguments are not supported on vectors of pointers yet. 7408 if (!getAssociatedValue().getType()->isPointerTy()) 7409 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7410 7411 // TODO: From readattrs.ll: "inalloca parameters are always 7412 // considered written" 7413 if (hasAttr({Attribute::InAlloca, Attribute::Preallocated})) { 7414 removeKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 7415 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7416 } 7417 return AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::manifest(A); 7418 } 7419 7420 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7421 void trackStatistics() const override { 7422 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7423 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(readnone) 7424 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7425 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(readonly) 7426 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7427 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(writeonly) 7428 } 7429 }; 7430 7431 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteArgument final : AAMemoryBehaviorArgument { 7432 AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7433 : AAMemoryBehaviorArgument(IRP, A) {} 7434 7435 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7436 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7437 // If we don't have an associated attribute this is either a variadic call 7438 // or an indirect call, either way, nothing to do here. 7439 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7440 if (!Arg) { 7441 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7442 return; 7443 } 7444 if (Arg->hasByValAttr()) { 7445 addKnownBits(NO_WRITES); 7446 removeKnownBits(NO_READS); 7447 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7448 } 7449 AAMemoryBehaviorArgument::initialize(A); 7450 if (getAssociatedFunction()->isDeclaration()) 7451 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7452 } 7453 7454 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7455 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7456 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 7457 // call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes 7458 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 7459 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 7460 Argument *Arg = getAssociatedArgument(); 7461 const IRPosition &ArgPos = IRPosition::argument(*Arg); 7462 auto &ArgAA = 7463 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, ArgPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7464 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), ArgAA.getState()); 7465 } 7466 7467 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7468 void trackStatistics() const override { 7469 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7470 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(readnone) 7471 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7472 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(readonly) 7473 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7474 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(writeonly) 7475 } 7476 }; 7477 7478 /// Memory behavior attribute for a call site return position. 7479 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteReturned final : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating { 7480 AAMemoryBehaviorCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7481 : AAMemoryBehaviorFloating(IRP, A) {} 7482 7483 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7484 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7485 AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::initialize(A); 7486 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7487 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 7488 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7489 } 7490 7491 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7492 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7493 // We do not annotate returned values. 7494 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7495 } 7496 7497 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7498 void trackStatistics() const override {} 7499 }; 7500 7501 /// An AA to represent the memory behavior function attributes. 7502 struct AAMemoryBehaviorFunction final : public AAMemoryBehaviorImpl { 7503 AAMemoryBehaviorFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7504 : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 7505 7506 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 7507 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override; 7508 7509 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7510 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7511 Function &F = cast<Function>(getAnchorValue()); 7512 if (isAssumedReadNone()) { 7513 F.removeFnAttr(Attribute::ArgMemOnly); 7514 F.removeFnAttr(Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly); 7515 F.removeFnAttr(Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly); 7516 } 7517 return AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::manifest(A); 7518 } 7519 7520 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7521 void trackStatistics() const override { 7522 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7523 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readnone) 7524 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7525 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readonly) 7526 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7527 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(writeonly) 7528 } 7529 }; 7530 7531 /// AAMemoryBehavior attribute for call sites. 7532 struct AAMemoryBehaviorCallSite final : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl { 7533 AAMemoryBehaviorCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7534 : AAMemoryBehaviorImpl(IRP, A) {} 7535 7536 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7537 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7538 AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::initialize(A); 7539 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7540 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 7541 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7542 } 7543 7544 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 7545 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 7546 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 7547 // call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes 7548 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 7549 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 7550 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 7551 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 7552 auto &FnAA = 7553 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7554 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), FnAA.getState()); 7555 } 7556 7557 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 7558 void trackStatistics() const override { 7559 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7560 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readnone) 7561 else if (isAssumedReadOnly()) 7562 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readonly) 7563 else if (isAssumedWriteOnly()) 7564 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(writeonly) 7565 } 7566 }; 7567 7568 ChangeStatus AAMemoryBehaviorFunction::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 7569 7570 // The current assumed state used to determine a change. 7571 auto AssumedState = getAssumed(); 7572 7573 auto CheckRWInst = [&](Instruction &I) { 7574 // If the instruction has an own memory behavior state, use it to restrict 7575 // the local state. No further analysis is required as the other memory 7576 // state is as optimistic as it gets. 7577 if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 7578 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>( 7579 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 7580 intersectAssumedBits(MemBehaviorAA.getAssumed()); 7581 return !isAtFixpoint(); 7582 } 7583 7584 // Remove access kind modifiers if necessary. 7585 if (I.mayReadFromMemory()) 7586 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7587 if (I.mayWriteToMemory()) 7588 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7589 return !isAtFixpoint(); 7590 }; 7591 7592 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 7593 if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInst, *this, 7594 UsedAssumedInformation)) 7595 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7596 7597 return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED 7598 : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7599 } 7600 7601 ChangeStatus AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::updateImpl(Attributor &A) { 7602 7603 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7604 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function_scope(IRP); 7605 AAMemoryBehavior::StateType &S = getState(); 7606 7607 // First, check the function scope. We take the known information and we avoid 7608 // work if the assumed information implies the current assumed information for 7609 // this attribute. This is a valid for all but byval arguments. 7610 Argument *Arg = IRP.getAssociatedArgument(); 7611 AAMemoryBehavior::base_t FnMemAssumedState = 7612 AAMemoryBehavior::StateType::getWorstState(); 7613 if (!Arg || !Arg->hasByValAttr()) { 7614 const auto &FnMemAA = 7615 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7616 FnMemAssumedState = FnMemAA.getAssumed(); 7617 S.addKnownBits(FnMemAA.getKnown()); 7618 if ((S.getAssumed() & FnMemAA.getAssumed()) == S.getAssumed()) 7619 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7620 } 7621 7622 // The current assumed state used to determine a change. 7623 auto AssumedState = S.getAssumed(); 7624 7625 // Make sure the value is not captured (except through "return"), if 7626 // it is, any information derived would be irrelevant anyway as we cannot 7627 // check the potential aliases introduced by the capture. However, no need 7628 // to fall back to anythign less optimistic than the function state. 7629 const auto &ArgNoCaptureAA = 7630 A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>(*this, IRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7631 if (!ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCaptureMaybeReturned()) { 7632 S.intersectAssumedBits(FnMemAssumedState); 7633 return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED 7634 : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7635 } 7636 7637 // Visit and expand uses until all are analyzed or a fixpoint is reached. 7638 auto UsePred = [&](const Use &U, bool &Follow) -> bool { 7639 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()); 7640 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryBehavior] Use: " << *U << " in " << *UserI 7641 << " \n"); 7642 7643 // Droppable users, e.g., llvm::assume does not actually perform any action. 7644 if (UserI->isDroppable()) 7645 return true; 7646 7647 // Check if the users of UserI should also be visited. 7648 Follow = followUsersOfUseIn(A, U, UserI); 7649 7650 // If UserI might touch memory we analyze the use in detail. 7651 if (UserI->mayReadOrWriteMemory()) 7652 analyzeUseIn(A, U, UserI); 7653 7654 return !isAtFixpoint(); 7655 }; 7656 7657 if (!A.checkForAllUses(UsePred, *this, getAssociatedValue())) 7658 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7659 7660 return (AssumedState != getAssumed()) ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED 7661 : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7662 } 7663 7664 bool AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::followUsersOfUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, 7665 const Instruction *UserI) { 7666 // The loaded value is unrelated to the pointer argument, no need to 7667 // follow the users of the load. 7668 if (isa<LoadInst>(UserI)) 7669 return false; 7670 7671 // By default we follow all uses assuming UserI might leak information on U, 7672 // we have special handling for call sites operands though. 7673 const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(UserI); 7674 if (!CB || !CB->isArgOperand(&U)) 7675 return true; 7676 7677 // If the use is a call argument known not to be captured, the users of 7678 // the call do not need to be visited because they have to be unrelated to 7679 // the input. Note that this check is not trivial even though we disallow 7680 // general capturing of the underlying argument. The reason is that the 7681 // call might the argument "through return", which we allow and for which we 7682 // need to check call users. 7683 if (U.get()->getType()->isPointerTy()) { 7684 unsigned ArgNo = CB->getArgOperandNo(&U); 7685 const auto &ArgNoCaptureAA = A.getAAFor<AANoCapture>( 7686 *this, IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, ArgNo), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7687 return !ArgNoCaptureAA.isAssumedNoCapture(); 7688 } 7689 7690 return true; 7691 } 7692 7693 void AAMemoryBehaviorFloating::analyzeUseIn(Attributor &A, const Use &U, 7694 const Instruction *UserI) { 7695 assert(UserI->mayReadOrWriteMemory()); 7696 7697 switch (UserI->getOpcode()) { 7698 default: 7699 // TODO: Handle all atomics and other side-effect operations we know of. 7700 break; 7701 case Instruction::Load: 7702 // Loads cause the NO_READS property to disappear. 7703 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7704 return; 7705 7706 case Instruction::Store: 7707 // Stores cause the NO_WRITES property to disappear if the use is the 7708 // pointer operand. Note that while capturing was taken care of somewhere 7709 // else we need to deal with stores of the value that is not looked through. 7710 if (cast<StoreInst>(UserI)->getPointerOperand() == U.get()) 7711 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7712 else 7713 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7714 return; 7715 7716 case Instruction::Call: 7717 case Instruction::CallBr: 7718 case Instruction::Invoke: { 7719 // For call sites we look at the argument memory behavior attribute (this 7720 // could be recursive!) in order to restrict our own state. 7721 const auto *CB = cast<CallBase>(UserI); 7722 7723 // Give up on operand bundles. 7724 if (CB->isBundleOperand(&U)) { 7725 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7726 return; 7727 } 7728 7729 // Calling a function does read the function pointer, maybe write it if the 7730 // function is self-modifying. 7731 if (CB->isCallee(&U)) { 7732 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7733 break; 7734 } 7735 7736 // Adjust the possible access behavior based on the information on the 7737 // argument. 7738 IRPosition Pos; 7739 if (U.get()->getType()->isPointerTy()) 7740 Pos = IRPosition::callsite_argument(*CB, CB->getArgOperandNo(&U)); 7741 else 7742 Pos = IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB); 7743 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = 7744 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, Pos, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 7745 // "assumed" has at most the same bits as the MemBehaviorAA assumed 7746 // and at least "known". 7747 intersectAssumedBits(MemBehaviorAA.getAssumed()); 7748 return; 7749 } 7750 }; 7751 7752 // Generally, look at the "may-properties" and adjust the assumed state if we 7753 // did not trigger special handling before. 7754 if (UserI->mayReadFromMemory()) 7755 removeAssumedBits(NO_READS); 7756 if (UserI->mayWriteToMemory()) 7757 removeAssumedBits(NO_WRITES); 7758 } 7759 } // namespace 7760 7761 /// -------------------- Memory Locations Attributes --------------------------- 7762 /// Includes read-none, argmemonly, inaccessiblememonly, 7763 /// inaccessiblememorargmemonly 7764 /// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7765 7766 std::string AAMemoryLocation::getMemoryLocationsAsStr( 7767 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind MLK) { 7768 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCATIONS)) 7769 return "all memory"; 7770 if (MLK == AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCATIONS) 7771 return "no memory"; 7772 std::string S = "memory:"; 7773 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_LOCAL_MEM)) 7774 S += "stack,"; 7775 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_CONST_MEM)) 7776 S += "constant,"; 7777 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MEM)) 7778 S += "internal global,"; 7779 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MEM)) 7780 S += "external global,"; 7781 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_ARGUMENT_MEM)) 7782 S += "argument,"; 7783 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM)) 7784 S += "inaccessible,"; 7785 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_MALLOCED_MEM)) 7786 S += "malloced,"; 7787 if (0 == (MLK & AAMemoryLocation::NO_UNKOWN_MEM)) 7788 S += "unknown,"; 7789 S.pop_back(); 7790 return S; 7791 } 7792 7793 namespace { 7794 struct AAMemoryLocationImpl : public AAMemoryLocation { 7795 7796 AAMemoryLocationImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 7797 : AAMemoryLocation(IRP, A), Allocator(A.Allocator) { 7798 for (unsigned u = 0; u < llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>(); ++u) 7799 AccessKind2Accesses[u] = nullptr; 7800 } 7801 7802 ~AAMemoryLocationImpl() { 7803 // The AccessSets are allocated via a BumpPtrAllocator, we call 7804 // the destructor manually. 7805 for (unsigned u = 0; u < llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>(); ++u) 7806 if (AccessKind2Accesses[u]) 7807 AccessKind2Accesses[u]->~AccessSet(); 7808 } 7809 7810 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 7811 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 7812 intersectAssumedBits(BEST_STATE); 7813 getKnownStateFromValue(A, getIRPosition(), getState()); 7814 AAMemoryLocation::initialize(A); 7815 } 7816 7817 /// Return the memory behavior information encoded in the IR for \p IRP. 7818 static void getKnownStateFromValue(Attributor &A, const IRPosition &IRP, 7819 BitIntegerState &State, 7820 bool IgnoreSubsumingPositions = false) { 7821 // For internal functions we ignore `argmemonly` and 7822 // `inaccessiblememorargmemonly` as we might break it via interprocedural 7823 // constant propagation. It is unclear if this is the best way but it is 7824 // unlikely this will cause real performance problems. If we are deriving 7825 // attributes for the anchor function we even remove the attribute in 7826 // addition to ignoring it. 7827 bool UseArgMemOnly = true; 7828 Function *AnchorFn = IRP.getAnchorScope(); 7829 if (AnchorFn && A.isRunOn(*AnchorFn)) 7830 UseArgMemOnly = !AnchorFn->hasLocalLinkage(); 7831 7832 SmallVector<Attribute, 2> Attrs; 7833 IRP.getAttrs(AttrKinds, Attrs, IgnoreSubsumingPositions); 7834 for (const Attribute &Attr : Attrs) { 7835 switch (Attr.getKindAsEnum()) { 7836 case Attribute::ReadNone: 7837 State.addKnownBits(NO_LOCAL_MEM | NO_CONST_MEM); 7838 break; 7839 case Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly: 7840 State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM, true, true)); 7841 break; 7842 case Attribute::ArgMemOnly: 7843 if (UseArgMemOnly) 7844 State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation(NO_ARGUMENT_MEM, true, true)); 7845 else 7846 IRP.removeAttrs({Attribute::ArgMemOnly}); 7847 break; 7848 case Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly: 7849 if (UseArgMemOnly) 7850 State.addKnownBits(inverseLocation( 7851 NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM | NO_ARGUMENT_MEM, true, true)); 7852 else 7853 IRP.removeAttrs({Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly}); 7854 break; 7855 default: 7856 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected attribute!"); 7857 } 7858 } 7859 } 7860 7861 /// See AbstractAttribute::getDeducedAttributes(...). 7862 void getDeducedAttributes(LLVMContext &Ctx, 7863 SmallVectorImpl<Attribute> &Attrs) const override { 7864 assert(Attrs.size() == 0); 7865 if (isAssumedReadNone()) { 7866 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ReadNone)); 7867 } else if (getIRPosition().getPositionKind() == IRPosition::IRP_FUNCTION) { 7868 if (isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) 7869 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly)); 7870 else if (isAssumedArgMemOnly()) 7871 Attrs.push_back(Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::ArgMemOnly)); 7872 else if (isAssumedInaccessibleOrArgMemOnly()) 7873 Attrs.push_back( 7874 Attribute::get(Ctx, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly)); 7875 } 7876 assert(Attrs.size() <= 1); 7877 } 7878 7879 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 7880 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 7881 const IRPosition &IRP = getIRPosition(); 7882 7883 // Check if we would improve the existing attributes first. 7884 SmallVector<Attribute, 4> DeducedAttrs; 7885 getDeducedAttributes(IRP.getAnchorValue().getContext(), DeducedAttrs); 7886 if (llvm::all_of(DeducedAttrs, [&](const Attribute &Attr) { 7887 return IRP.hasAttr(Attr.getKindAsEnum(), 7888 /* IgnoreSubsumingPositions */ true); 7889 })) 7890 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 7891 7892 // Clear existing attributes. 7893 IRP.removeAttrs(AttrKinds); 7894 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 7895 IRP.removeAttrs(AAMemoryBehaviorImpl::AttrKinds); 7896 7897 // Use the generic manifest method. 7898 return IRAttribute::manifest(A); 7899 } 7900 7901 /// See AAMemoryLocation::checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(...). 7902 bool checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind( 7903 function_ref<bool(const Instruction *, const Value *, AccessKind, 7904 MemoryLocationsKind)> 7905 Pred, 7906 MemoryLocationsKind RequestedMLK) const override { 7907 if (!isValidState()) 7908 return false; 7909 7910 MemoryLocationsKind AssumedMLK = getAssumedNotAccessedLocation(); 7911 if (AssumedMLK == NO_LOCATIONS) 7912 return true; 7913 7914 unsigned Idx = 0; 7915 for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; 7916 CurMLK *= 2, ++Idx) { 7917 if (CurMLK & RequestedMLK) 7918 continue; 7919 7920 if (const AccessSet *Accesses = AccessKind2Accesses[Idx]) 7921 for (const AccessInfo &AI : *Accesses) 7922 if (!Pred(AI.I, AI.Ptr, AI.Kind, CurMLK)) 7923 return false; 7924 } 7925 7926 return true; 7927 } 7928 7929 ChangeStatus indicatePessimisticFixpoint() override { 7930 // If we give up and indicate a pessimistic fixpoint this instruction will 7931 // become an access for all potential access kinds: 7932 // TODO: Add pointers for argmemonly and globals to improve the results of 7933 // checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind. 7934 bool Changed = false; 7935 MemoryLocationsKind KnownMLK = getKnown(); 7936 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue()); 7937 for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; CurMLK *= 2) 7938 if (!(CurMLK & KnownMLK)) 7939 updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), CurMLK, I, nullptr, Changed, 7940 getAccessKindFromInst(I)); 7941 return AAMemoryLocation::indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 7942 } 7943 7944 protected: 7945 /// Helper struct to tie together an instruction that has a read or write 7946 /// effect with the pointer it accesses (if any). 7947 struct AccessInfo { 7948 7949 /// The instruction that caused the access. 7950 const Instruction *I; 7951 7952 /// The base pointer that is accessed, or null if unknown. 7953 const Value *Ptr; 7954 7955 /// The kind of access (read/write/read+write). 7956 AccessKind Kind; 7957 7958 bool operator==(const AccessInfo &RHS) const { 7959 return I == RHS.I && Ptr == RHS.Ptr && Kind == RHS.Kind; 7960 } 7961 bool operator()(const AccessInfo &LHS, const AccessInfo &RHS) const { 7962 if (LHS.I != RHS.I) 7963 return LHS.I < RHS.I; 7964 if (LHS.Ptr != RHS.Ptr) 7965 return LHS.Ptr < RHS.Ptr; 7966 if (LHS.Kind != RHS.Kind) 7967 return LHS.Kind < RHS.Kind; 7968 return false; 7969 } 7970 }; 7971 7972 /// Mapping from *single* memory location kinds, e.g., LOCAL_MEM with the 7973 /// value of NO_LOCAL_MEM, to the accesses encountered for this memory kind. 7974 using AccessSet = SmallSet<AccessInfo, 2, AccessInfo>; 7975 AccessSet *AccessKind2Accesses[llvm::CTLog2<VALID_STATE>()]; 7976 7977 /// Categorize the pointer arguments of CB that might access memory in 7978 /// AccessedLoc and update the state and access map accordingly. 7979 void 7980 categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, 7981 AAMemoryLocation::StateType &AccessedLocs, 7982 bool &Changed); 7983 7984 /// Return the kind(s) of location that may be accessed by \p V. 7985 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind 7986 categorizeAccessedLocations(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, bool &Changed); 7987 7988 /// Return the access kind as determined by \p I. 7989 AccessKind getAccessKindFromInst(const Instruction *I) { 7990 AccessKind AK = READ_WRITE; 7991 if (I) { 7992 AK = I->mayReadFromMemory() ? READ : NONE; 7993 AK = AccessKind(AK | (I->mayWriteToMemory() ? WRITE : NONE)); 7994 } 7995 return AK; 7996 } 7997 7998 /// Update the state \p State and the AccessKind2Accesses given that \p I is 7999 /// an access of kind \p AK to a \p MLK memory location with the access 8000 /// pointer \p Ptr. 8001 void updateStateAndAccessesMap(AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, 8002 MemoryLocationsKind MLK, const Instruction *I, 8003 const Value *Ptr, bool &Changed, 8004 AccessKind AK = READ_WRITE) { 8005 8006 assert(isPowerOf2_32(MLK) && "Expected a single location set!"); 8007 auto *&Accesses = AccessKind2Accesses[llvm::Log2_32(MLK)]; 8008 if (!Accesses) 8009 Accesses = new (Allocator) AccessSet(); 8010 Changed |= Accesses->insert(AccessInfo{I, Ptr, AK}).second; 8011 State.removeAssumedBits(MLK); 8012 } 8013 8014 /// Determine the underlying locations kinds for \p Ptr, e.g., globals or 8015 /// arguments, and update the state and access map accordingly. 8016 void categorizePtrValue(Attributor &A, const Instruction &I, const Value &Ptr, 8017 AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, bool &Changed); 8018 8019 /// Used to allocate access sets. 8020 BumpPtrAllocator &Allocator; 8021 8022 /// The set of IR attributes AAMemoryLocation deals with. 8023 static const Attribute::AttrKind AttrKinds[4]; 8024 }; 8025 8026 const Attribute::AttrKind AAMemoryLocationImpl::AttrKinds[] = { 8027 Attribute::ReadNone, Attribute::InaccessibleMemOnly, Attribute::ArgMemOnly, 8028 Attribute::InaccessibleMemOrArgMemOnly}; 8029 8030 void AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizePtrValue( 8031 Attributor &A, const Instruction &I, const Value &Ptr, 8032 AAMemoryLocation::StateType &State, bool &Changed) { 8033 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize pointer locations for " 8034 << Ptr << " [" 8035 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(State.getAssumed()) << "]\n"); 8036 8037 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Objects; 8038 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8039 if (!AA::getAssumedUnderlyingObjects(A, Ptr, Objects, *this, &I, 8040 UsedAssumedInformation, 8041 AA::Intraprocedural)) { 8042 LLVM_DEBUG( 8043 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Pointer locations not categorized\n"); 8044 updateStateAndAccessesMap(State, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr, Changed, 8045 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 8046 return; 8047 } 8048 8049 for (Value *Obj : Objects) { 8050 // TODO: recognize the TBAA used for constant accesses. 8051 MemoryLocationsKind MLK = NO_LOCATIONS; 8052 if (isa<UndefValue>(Obj)) 8053 continue; 8054 if (isa<Argument>(Obj)) { 8055 // TODO: For now we do not treat byval arguments as local copies performed 8056 // on the call edge, though, we should. To make that happen we need to 8057 // teach various passes, e.g., DSE, about the copy effect of a byval. That 8058 // would also allow us to mark functions only accessing byval arguments as 8059 // readnone again, atguably their acceses have no effect outside of the 8060 // function, like accesses to allocas. 8061 MLK = NO_ARGUMENT_MEM; 8062 } else if (auto *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Obj)) { 8063 // Reading constant memory is not treated as a read "effect" by the 8064 // function attr pass so we won't neither. Constants defined by TBAA are 8065 // similar. (We know we do not write it because it is constant.) 8066 if (auto *GVar = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GV)) 8067 if (GVar->isConstant()) 8068 continue; 8069 8070 if (GV->hasLocalLinkage()) 8071 MLK = NO_GLOBAL_INTERNAL_MEM; 8072 else 8073 MLK = NO_GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MEM; 8074 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Obj) && 8075 !NullPointerIsDefined(getAssociatedFunction(), 8076 Ptr.getType()->getPointerAddressSpace())) { 8077 continue; 8078 } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(Obj)) { 8079 MLK = NO_LOCAL_MEM; 8080 } else if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(Obj)) { 8081 const auto &NoAliasAA = A.getAAFor<AANoAlias>( 8082 *this, IRPosition::callsite_returned(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 8083 if (NoAliasAA.isAssumedNoAlias()) 8084 MLK = NO_MALLOCED_MEM; 8085 else 8086 MLK = NO_UNKOWN_MEM; 8087 } else { 8088 MLK = NO_UNKOWN_MEM; 8089 } 8090 8091 assert(MLK != NO_LOCATIONS && "No location specified!"); 8092 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Ptr value can be categorized: " 8093 << *Obj << " -> " << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(MLK) 8094 << "\n"); 8095 updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), MLK, &I, Obj, Changed, 8096 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 8097 } 8098 8099 LLVM_DEBUG( 8100 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed locations with pointer locations: " 8101 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(State.getAssumed()) << "\n"); 8102 } 8103 8104 void AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizeArgumentPointerLocations( 8105 Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, AAMemoryLocation::StateType &AccessedLocs, 8106 bool &Changed) { 8107 for (unsigned ArgNo = 0, E = CB.arg_size(); ArgNo < E; ++ArgNo) { 8108 8109 // Skip non-pointer arguments. 8110 const Value *ArgOp = CB.getArgOperand(ArgNo); 8111 if (!ArgOp->getType()->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()) 8112 continue; 8113 8114 // Skip readnone arguments. 8115 const IRPosition &ArgOpIRP = IRPosition::callsite_argument(CB, ArgNo); 8116 const auto &ArgOpMemLocationAA = 8117 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, ArgOpIRP, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 8118 8119 if (ArgOpMemLocationAA.isAssumedReadNone()) 8120 continue; 8121 8122 // Categorize potentially accessed pointer arguments as if there was an 8123 // access instruction with them as pointer. 8124 categorizePtrValue(A, CB, *ArgOp, AccessedLocs, Changed); 8125 } 8126 } 8127 8128 AAMemoryLocation::MemoryLocationsKind 8129 AAMemoryLocationImpl::categorizeAccessedLocations(Attributor &A, Instruction &I, 8130 bool &Changed) { 8131 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize accessed locations for " 8132 << I << "\n"); 8133 8134 AAMemoryLocation::StateType AccessedLocs; 8135 AccessedLocs.intersectAssumedBits(NO_LOCATIONS); 8136 8137 if (auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(&I)) { 8138 8139 // First check if we assume any memory is access is visible. 8140 const auto &CBMemLocationAA = A.getAAFor<AAMemoryLocation>( 8141 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CB), DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 8142 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize call site: " << I 8143 << " [" << CBMemLocationAA << "]\n"); 8144 8145 if (CBMemLocationAA.isAssumedReadNone()) 8146 return NO_LOCATIONS; 8147 8148 if (CBMemLocationAA.isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) { 8149 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_INACCESSIBLE_MEM, &I, nullptr, 8150 Changed, getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 8151 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 8152 } 8153 8154 uint32_t CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs = 8155 CBMemLocationAA.getAssumedNotAccessedLocation(); 8156 8157 // Set the argmemonly and global bit as we handle them separately below. 8158 uint32_t CBAssumedNotAccessedLocsNoArgMem = 8159 CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs | NO_ARGUMENT_MEM | NO_GLOBAL_MEM; 8160 8161 for (MemoryLocationsKind CurMLK = 1; CurMLK < NO_LOCATIONS; CurMLK *= 2) { 8162 if (CBAssumedNotAccessedLocsNoArgMem & CurMLK) 8163 continue; 8164 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, CurMLK, &I, nullptr, Changed, 8165 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 8166 } 8167 8168 // Now handle global memory if it might be accessed. This is slightly tricky 8169 // as NO_GLOBAL_MEM has multiple bits set. 8170 bool HasGlobalAccesses = ((~CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs) & NO_GLOBAL_MEM); 8171 if (HasGlobalAccesses) { 8172 auto AccessPred = [&](const Instruction *, const Value *Ptr, 8173 AccessKind Kind, MemoryLocationsKind MLK) { 8174 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, MLK, &I, Ptr, Changed, 8175 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 8176 return true; 8177 }; 8178 if (!CBMemLocationAA.checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind( 8179 AccessPred, inverseLocation(NO_GLOBAL_MEM, false, false))) 8180 return AccessedLocs.getWorstState(); 8181 } 8182 8183 LLVM_DEBUG( 8184 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed state before argument handling: " 8185 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(AccessedLocs.getAssumed()) << "\n"); 8186 8187 // Now handle argument memory if it might be accessed. 8188 bool HasArgAccesses = ((~CBAssumedNotAccessedLocs) & NO_ARGUMENT_MEM); 8189 if (HasArgAccesses) 8190 categorizeArgumentPointerLocations(A, *CB, AccessedLocs, Changed); 8191 8192 LLVM_DEBUG( 8193 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed state after argument handling: " 8194 << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(AccessedLocs.getAssumed()) << "\n"); 8195 8196 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 8197 } 8198 8199 if (const Value *Ptr = getPointerOperand(&I, /* AllowVolatile */ true)) { 8200 LLVM_DEBUG( 8201 dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Categorize memory access with pointer: " 8202 << I << " [" << *Ptr << "]\n"); 8203 categorizePtrValue(A, I, *Ptr, AccessedLocs, Changed); 8204 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 8205 } 8206 8207 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Failed to categorize instruction: " 8208 << I << "\n"); 8209 updateStateAndAccessesMap(AccessedLocs, NO_UNKOWN_MEM, &I, nullptr, Changed, 8210 getAccessKindFromInst(&I)); 8211 return AccessedLocs.getAssumed(); 8212 } 8213 8214 /// An AA to represent the memory behavior function attributes. 8215 struct AAMemoryLocationFunction final : public AAMemoryLocationImpl { 8216 AAMemoryLocationFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8217 : AAMemoryLocationImpl(IRP, A) {} 8218 8219 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(Attributor &A). 8220 virtual ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8221 8222 const auto &MemBehaviorAA = 8223 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryBehavior>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::NONE); 8224 if (MemBehaviorAA.isAssumedReadNone()) { 8225 if (MemBehaviorAA.isKnownReadNone()) 8226 return indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8227 assert(isAssumedReadNone() && 8228 "AAMemoryLocation was not read-none but AAMemoryBehavior was!"); 8229 A.recordDependence(MemBehaviorAA, *this, DepClassTy::OPTIONAL); 8230 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8231 } 8232 8233 // The current assumed state used to determine a change. 8234 auto AssumedState = getAssumed(); 8235 bool Changed = false; 8236 8237 auto CheckRWInst = [&](Instruction &I) { 8238 MemoryLocationsKind MLK = categorizeAccessedLocations(A, I, Changed); 8239 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAMemoryLocation] Accessed locations for " << I 8240 << ": " << getMemoryLocationsAsStr(MLK) << "\n"); 8241 removeAssumedBits(inverseLocation(MLK, false, false)); 8242 // Stop once only the valid bit set in the *not assumed location*, thus 8243 // once we don't actually exclude any memory locations in the state. 8244 return getAssumedNotAccessedLocation() != VALID_STATE; 8245 }; 8246 8247 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8248 if (!A.checkForAllReadWriteInstructions(CheckRWInst, *this, 8249 UsedAssumedInformation)) 8250 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8251 8252 Changed |= AssumedState != getAssumed(); 8253 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8254 } 8255 8256 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8257 void trackStatistics() const override { 8258 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 8259 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(readnone) 8260 else if (isAssumedArgMemOnly()) 8261 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(argmemonly) 8262 else if (isAssumedInaccessibleMemOnly()) 8263 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(inaccessiblememonly) 8264 else if (isAssumedInaccessibleOrArgMemOnly()) 8265 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(inaccessiblememorargmemonly) 8266 } 8267 }; 8268 8269 /// AAMemoryLocation attribute for call sites. 8270 struct AAMemoryLocationCallSite final : AAMemoryLocationImpl { 8271 AAMemoryLocationCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8272 : AAMemoryLocationImpl(IRP, A) {} 8273 8274 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8275 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8276 AAMemoryLocationImpl::initialize(A); 8277 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 8278 if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) 8279 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8280 } 8281 8282 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 8283 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8284 // TODO: Once we have call site specific value information we can provide 8285 // call site specific liveness liveness information and then it makes 8286 // sense to specialize attributes for call sites arguments instead of 8287 // redirecting requests to the callee argument. 8288 Function *F = getAssociatedFunction(); 8289 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*F); 8290 auto &FnAA = 8291 A.getAAFor<AAMemoryLocation>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8292 bool Changed = false; 8293 auto AccessPred = [&](const Instruction *I, const Value *Ptr, 8294 AccessKind Kind, MemoryLocationsKind MLK) { 8295 updateStateAndAccessesMap(getState(), MLK, I, Ptr, Changed, 8296 getAccessKindFromInst(I)); 8297 return true; 8298 }; 8299 if (!FnAA.checkForAllAccessesToMemoryKind(AccessPred, ALL_LOCATIONS)) 8300 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8301 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8302 } 8303 8304 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8305 void trackStatistics() const override { 8306 if (isAssumedReadNone()) 8307 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(readnone) 8308 } 8309 }; 8310 } // namespace 8311 8312 /// ------------------ Value Constant Range Attribute ------------------------- 8313 8314 namespace { 8315 struct AAValueConstantRangeImpl : AAValueConstantRange { 8316 using StateType = IntegerRangeState; 8317 AAValueConstantRangeImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8318 : AAValueConstantRange(IRP, A) {} 8319 8320 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8321 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8322 if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) { 8323 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8324 return; 8325 } 8326 8327 // Intersect a range given by SCEV. 8328 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, getCtxI())); 8329 8330 // Intersect a range given by LVI. 8331 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, getCtxI())); 8332 } 8333 8334 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 8335 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 8336 std::string Str; 8337 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); 8338 OS << "range(" << getBitWidth() << ")<"; 8339 getKnown().print(OS); 8340 OS << " / "; 8341 getAssumed().print(OS); 8342 OS << ">"; 8343 return OS.str(); 8344 } 8345 8346 /// Helper function to get a SCEV expr for the associated value at program 8347 /// point \p I. 8348 const SCEV *getSCEV(Attributor &A, const Instruction *I = nullptr) const { 8349 if (!getAnchorScope()) 8350 return nullptr; 8351 8352 ScalarEvolution *SE = 8353 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>( 8354 *getAnchorScope()); 8355 8356 LoopInfo *LI = A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LoopAnalysis>( 8357 *getAnchorScope()); 8358 8359 if (!SE || !LI) 8360 return nullptr; 8361 8362 const SCEV *S = SE->getSCEV(&getAssociatedValue()); 8363 if (!I) 8364 return S; 8365 8366 return SE->getSCEVAtScope(S, LI->getLoopFor(I->getParent())); 8367 } 8368 8369 /// Helper function to get a range from SCEV for the associated value at 8370 /// program point \p I. 8371 ConstantRange getConstantRangeFromSCEV(Attributor &A, 8372 const Instruction *I = nullptr) const { 8373 if (!getAnchorScope()) 8374 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8375 8376 ScalarEvolution *SE = 8377 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>( 8378 *getAnchorScope()); 8379 8380 const SCEV *S = getSCEV(A, I); 8381 if (!SE || !S) 8382 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8383 8384 return SE->getUnsignedRange(S); 8385 } 8386 8387 /// Helper function to get a range from LVI for the associated value at 8388 /// program point \p I. 8389 ConstantRange 8390 getConstantRangeFromLVI(Attributor &A, 8391 const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const { 8392 if (!getAnchorScope()) 8393 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8394 8395 LazyValueInfo *LVI = 8396 A.getInfoCache().getAnalysisResultForFunction<LazyValueAnalysis>( 8397 *getAnchorScope()); 8398 8399 if (!LVI || !CtxI) 8400 return getWorstState(getBitWidth()); 8401 return LVI->getConstantRange(&getAssociatedValue(), 8402 const_cast<Instruction *>(CtxI)); 8403 } 8404 8405 /// Return true if \p CtxI is valid for querying outside analyses. 8406 /// This basically makes sure we do not ask intra-procedural analysis 8407 /// about a context in the wrong function or a context that violates 8408 /// dominance assumptions they might have. The \p AllowAACtxI flag indicates 8409 /// if the original context of this AA is OK or should be considered invalid. 8410 bool isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(Attributor &A, 8411 const Instruction *CtxI, 8412 bool AllowAACtxI) const { 8413 if (!CtxI || (!AllowAACtxI && CtxI == getCtxI())) 8414 return false; 8415 8416 // Our context might be in a different function, neither intra-procedural 8417 // analysis (ScalarEvolution nor LazyValueInfo) can handle that. 8418 if (!AA::isValidInScope(getAssociatedValue(), CtxI->getFunction())) 8419 return false; 8420 8421 // If the context is not dominated by the value there are paths to the 8422 // context that do not define the value. This cannot be handled by 8423 // LazyValueInfo so we need to bail. 8424 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&getAssociatedValue())) { 8425 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 8426 const DominatorTree *DT = 8427 InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>( 8428 *I->getFunction()); 8429 return DT && DT->dominates(I, CtxI); 8430 } 8431 8432 return true; 8433 } 8434 8435 /// See AAValueConstantRange::getKnownConstantRange(..). 8436 ConstantRange 8437 getKnownConstantRange(Attributor &A, 8438 const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const override { 8439 if (!isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(A, CtxI, 8440 /* AllowAACtxI */ false)) 8441 return getKnown(); 8442 8443 ConstantRange LVIR = getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, CtxI); 8444 ConstantRange SCEVR = getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, CtxI); 8445 return getKnown().intersectWith(SCEVR).intersectWith(LVIR); 8446 } 8447 8448 /// See AAValueConstantRange::getAssumedConstantRange(..). 8449 ConstantRange 8450 getAssumedConstantRange(Attributor &A, 8451 const Instruction *CtxI = nullptr) const override { 8452 // TODO: Make SCEV use Attributor assumption. 8453 // We may be able to bound a variable range via assumptions in 8454 // Attributor. ex.) If x is assumed to be in [1, 3] and y is known to 8455 // evolve to x^2 + x, then we can say that y is in [2, 12]. 8456 if (!isValidCtxInstructionForOutsideAnalysis(A, CtxI, 8457 /* AllowAACtxI */ false)) 8458 return getAssumed(); 8459 8460 ConstantRange LVIR = getConstantRangeFromLVI(A, CtxI); 8461 ConstantRange SCEVR = getConstantRangeFromSCEV(A, CtxI); 8462 return getAssumed().intersectWith(SCEVR).intersectWith(LVIR); 8463 } 8464 8465 /// Helper function to create MDNode for range metadata. 8466 static MDNode * 8467 getMDNodeForConstantRange(Type *Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx, 8468 const ConstantRange &AssumedConstantRange) { 8469 Metadata *LowAndHigh[] = {ConstantAsMetadata::get(ConstantInt::get( 8470 Ty, AssumedConstantRange.getLower())), 8471 ConstantAsMetadata::get(ConstantInt::get( 8472 Ty, AssumedConstantRange.getUpper()))}; 8473 return MDNode::get(Ctx, LowAndHigh); 8474 } 8475 8476 /// Return true if \p Assumed is included in \p KnownRanges. 8477 static bool isBetterRange(const ConstantRange &Assumed, MDNode *KnownRanges) { 8478 8479 if (Assumed.isFullSet()) 8480 return false; 8481 8482 if (!KnownRanges) 8483 return true; 8484 8485 // If multiple ranges are annotated in IR, we give up to annotate assumed 8486 // range for now. 8487 8488 // TODO: If there exists a known range which containts assumed range, we 8489 // can say assumed range is better. 8490 if (KnownRanges->getNumOperands() > 2) 8491 return false; 8492 8493 ConstantInt *Lower = 8494 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(KnownRanges->getOperand(0)); 8495 ConstantInt *Upper = 8496 mdconst::extract<ConstantInt>(KnownRanges->getOperand(1)); 8497 8498 ConstantRange Known(Lower->getValue(), Upper->getValue()); 8499 return Known.contains(Assumed) && Known != Assumed; 8500 } 8501 8502 /// Helper function to set range metadata. 8503 static bool 8504 setRangeMetadataIfisBetterRange(Instruction *I, 8505 const ConstantRange &AssumedConstantRange) { 8506 auto *OldRangeMD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range); 8507 if (isBetterRange(AssumedConstantRange, OldRangeMD)) { 8508 if (!AssumedConstantRange.isEmptySet()) { 8509 I->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range, 8510 getMDNodeForConstantRange(I->getType(), I->getContext(), 8511 AssumedConstantRange)); 8512 return true; 8513 } 8514 } 8515 return false; 8516 } 8517 8518 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest() 8519 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 8520 ChangeStatus Changed = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8521 ConstantRange AssumedConstantRange = getAssumedConstantRange(A); 8522 assert(!AssumedConstantRange.isFullSet() && "Invalid state"); 8523 8524 auto &V = getAssociatedValue(); 8525 if (!AssumedConstantRange.isEmptySet() && 8526 !AssumedConstantRange.isSingleElement()) { 8527 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V)) { 8528 assert(I == getCtxI() && "Should not annotate an instruction which is " 8529 "not the context instruction"); 8530 if (isa<CallInst>(I) || isa<LoadInst>(I)) 8531 if (setRangeMetadataIfisBetterRange(I, AssumedConstantRange)) 8532 Changed = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 8533 } 8534 } 8535 8536 return Changed; 8537 } 8538 }; 8539 8540 struct AAValueConstantRangeArgument final 8541 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments< 8542 AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl, IntegerRangeState, 8543 true /* BridgeCallBaseContext */> { 8544 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments< 8545 AAValueConstantRange, AAValueConstantRangeImpl, IntegerRangeState, 8546 true /* BridgeCallBaseContext */>; 8547 AAValueConstantRangeArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8548 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8549 8550 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8551 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8552 if (!getAnchorScope() || getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) { 8553 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8554 } else { 8555 Base::initialize(A); 8556 } 8557 } 8558 8559 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8560 void trackStatistics() const override { 8561 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(value_range) 8562 } 8563 }; 8564 8565 struct AAValueConstantRangeReturned 8566 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAValueConstantRange, 8567 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8568 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8569 /* PropogateCallBaseContext */ true> { 8570 using Base = 8571 AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAValueConstantRange, 8572 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8573 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8574 /* PropogateCallBaseContext */ true>; 8575 AAValueConstantRangeReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8576 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8577 8578 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8579 void initialize(Attributor &A) override {} 8580 8581 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8582 void trackStatistics() const override { 8583 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(value_range) 8584 } 8585 }; 8586 8587 struct AAValueConstantRangeFloating : AAValueConstantRangeImpl { 8588 AAValueConstantRangeFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8589 : AAValueConstantRangeImpl(IRP, A) {} 8590 8591 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8592 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8593 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::initialize(A); 8594 if (isAtFixpoint()) 8595 return; 8596 8597 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 8598 8599 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 8600 unionAssumed(ConstantRange(C->getValue())); 8601 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8602 return; 8603 } 8604 8605 if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) { 8606 // Collapse the undef state to 0. 8607 unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(getBitWidth(), 0))); 8608 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 8609 return; 8610 } 8611 8612 if (isa<CallBase>(&V)) 8613 return; 8614 8615 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(&V) || isa<CmpInst>(&V) || isa<CastInst>(&V)) 8616 return; 8617 8618 // If it is a load instruction with range metadata, use it. 8619 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(&V)) 8620 if (auto *RangeMD = LI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) { 8621 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*RangeMD)); 8622 return; 8623 } 8624 8625 // We can work with PHI and select instruction as we traverse their operands 8626 // during update. 8627 if (isa<SelectInst>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V)) 8628 return; 8629 8630 // Otherwise we give up. 8631 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8632 8633 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] We give up: " 8634 << getAssociatedValue() << "\n"); 8635 } 8636 8637 bool calculateBinaryOperator( 8638 Attributor &A, BinaryOperator *BinOp, IntegerRangeState &T, 8639 const Instruction *CtxI, 8640 SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) { 8641 Value *LHS = BinOp->getOperand(0); 8642 Value *RHS = BinOp->getOperand(1); 8643 8644 // Simplify the operands first. 8645 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8646 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8647 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8648 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8649 if (!SimplifiedLHS) 8650 return true; 8651 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8652 return false; 8653 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8654 8655 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8656 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8657 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8658 if (!SimplifiedRHS) 8659 return true; 8660 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8661 return false; 8662 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8663 8664 // TODO: Allow non integers as well. 8665 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8666 return false; 8667 8668 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8669 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8670 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8671 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&LHSAA); 8672 auto LHSAARange = LHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8673 8674 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8675 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8676 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8677 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&RHSAA); 8678 auto RHSAARange = RHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8679 8680 auto AssumedRange = LHSAARange.binaryOp(BinOp->getOpcode(), RHSAARange); 8681 8682 T.unionAssumed(AssumedRange); 8683 8684 // TODO: Track a known state too. 8685 8686 return T.isValidState(); 8687 } 8688 8689 bool calculateCastInst( 8690 Attributor &A, CastInst *CastI, IntegerRangeState &T, 8691 const Instruction *CtxI, 8692 SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) { 8693 assert(CastI->getNumOperands() == 1 && "Expected cast to be unary!"); 8694 // TODO: Allow non integers as well. 8695 Value *OpV = CastI->getOperand(0); 8696 8697 // Simplify the operand first. 8698 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8699 const auto &SimplifiedOpV = 8700 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*OpV, getCallBaseContext()), 8701 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8702 if (!SimplifiedOpV) 8703 return true; 8704 if (!SimplifiedOpV.getValue()) 8705 return false; 8706 OpV = *SimplifiedOpV; 8707 8708 if (!OpV->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8709 return false; 8710 8711 auto &OpAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8712 *this, IRPosition::value(*OpV, getCallBaseContext()), 8713 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8714 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&OpAA); 8715 T.unionAssumed( 8716 OpAA.getAssumed().castOp(CastI->getOpcode(), getState().getBitWidth())); 8717 return T.isValidState(); 8718 } 8719 8720 bool 8721 calculateCmpInst(Attributor &A, CmpInst *CmpI, IntegerRangeState &T, 8722 const Instruction *CtxI, 8723 SmallVectorImpl<const AAValueConstantRange *> &QuerriedAAs) { 8724 Value *LHS = CmpI->getOperand(0); 8725 Value *RHS = CmpI->getOperand(1); 8726 8727 // Simplify the operands first. 8728 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8729 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 8730 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8731 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8732 if (!SimplifiedLHS) 8733 return true; 8734 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 8735 return false; 8736 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 8737 8738 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 8739 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8740 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8741 if (!SimplifiedRHS) 8742 return true; 8743 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 8744 return false; 8745 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 8746 8747 // TODO: Allow non integers as well. 8748 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 8749 return false; 8750 8751 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8752 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8753 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8754 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&LHSAA); 8755 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8756 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 8757 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8758 QuerriedAAs.push_back(&RHSAA); 8759 auto LHSAARange = LHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8760 auto RHSAARange = RHSAA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI); 8761 8762 // If one of them is empty set, we can't decide. 8763 if (LHSAARange.isEmptySet() || RHSAARange.isEmptySet()) 8764 return true; 8765 8766 bool MustTrue = false, MustFalse = false; 8767 8768 auto AllowedRegion = 8769 ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(CmpI->getPredicate(), RHSAARange); 8770 8771 if (AllowedRegion.intersectWith(LHSAARange).isEmptySet()) 8772 MustFalse = true; 8773 8774 if (LHSAARange.icmp(CmpI->getPredicate(), RHSAARange)) 8775 MustTrue = true; 8776 8777 assert((!MustTrue || !MustFalse) && 8778 "Either MustTrue or MustFalse should be false!"); 8779 8780 if (MustTrue) 8781 T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 1))); 8782 else if (MustFalse) 8783 T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 0))); 8784 else 8785 T.unionAssumed(ConstantRange(/* BitWidth */ 1, /* isFullSet */ true)); 8786 8787 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] " << *CmpI << " " << LHSAA 8788 << " " << RHSAA << "\n"); 8789 8790 // TODO: Track a known state too. 8791 return T.isValidState(); 8792 } 8793 8794 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 8795 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8796 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, 8797 IntegerRangeState &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 8798 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V); 8799 if (!I || isa<CallBase>(I)) { 8800 8801 // Simplify the operand first. 8802 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8803 const auto &SimplifiedOpV = 8804 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(V, getCallBaseContext()), 8805 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 8806 if (!SimplifiedOpV) 8807 return true; 8808 if (!SimplifiedOpV.getValue()) 8809 return false; 8810 Value *VPtr = *SimplifiedOpV; 8811 8812 // If the value is not instruction, we query AA to Attributor. 8813 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAValueConstantRange>( 8814 *this, IRPosition::value(*VPtr, getCallBaseContext()), 8815 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 8816 8817 // Clamp operator is not used to utilize a program point CtxI. 8818 T.unionAssumed(AA.getAssumedConstantRange(A, CtxI)); 8819 8820 return T.isValidState(); 8821 } 8822 8823 SmallVector<const AAValueConstantRange *, 4> QuerriedAAs; 8824 if (auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) { 8825 if (!calculateBinaryOperator(A, BinOp, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs)) 8826 return false; 8827 } else if (auto *CmpI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) { 8828 if (!calculateCmpInst(A, CmpI, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs)) 8829 return false; 8830 } else if (auto *CastI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) { 8831 if (!calculateCastInst(A, CastI, T, CtxI, QuerriedAAs)) 8832 return false; 8833 } else { 8834 // Give up with other instructions. 8835 // TODO: Add other instructions 8836 8837 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8838 return false; 8839 } 8840 8841 // Catch circular reasoning in a pessimistic way for now. 8842 // TODO: Check how the range evolves and if we stripped anything, see also 8843 // AADereferenceable or AAAlign for similar situations. 8844 for (const AAValueConstantRange *QueriedAA : QuerriedAAs) { 8845 if (QueriedAA != this) 8846 continue; 8847 // If we are in a stady state we do not need to worry. 8848 if (T.getAssumed() == getState().getAssumed()) 8849 continue; 8850 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8851 } 8852 8853 return T.isValidState(); 8854 }; 8855 8856 IntegerRangeState T(getBitWidth()); 8857 8858 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 8859 if (!genericValueTraversal<IntegerRangeState>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 8860 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 8861 UsedAssumedInformation, 8862 /* UseValueSimplify */ false)) 8863 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8864 8865 // Ensure that long def-use chains can't cause circular reasoning either by 8866 // introducing a cutoff below. 8867 if (clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T) == ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED) 8868 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8869 if (++NumChanges > MaxNumChanges) { 8870 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAValueConstantRange] performed " << NumChanges 8871 << " but only " << MaxNumChanges 8872 << " are allowed to avoid cyclic reasoning."); 8873 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8874 } 8875 return ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 8876 } 8877 8878 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8879 void trackStatistics() const override { 8880 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(value_range) 8881 } 8882 8883 /// Tracker to bail after too many widening steps of the constant range. 8884 int NumChanges = 0; 8885 8886 /// Upper bound for the number of allowed changes (=widening steps) for the 8887 /// constant range before we give up. 8888 static constexpr int MaxNumChanges = 5; 8889 }; 8890 8891 struct AAValueConstantRangeFunction : AAValueConstantRangeImpl { 8892 AAValueConstantRangeFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8893 : AAValueConstantRangeImpl(IRP, A) {} 8894 8895 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8896 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8897 llvm_unreachable("AAValueConstantRange(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will " 8898 "not be called"); 8899 } 8900 8901 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8902 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(value_range) } 8903 }; 8904 8905 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSite : AAValueConstantRangeFunction { 8906 AAValueConstantRangeCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8907 : AAValueConstantRangeFunction(IRP, A) {} 8908 8909 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8910 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(value_range) } 8911 }; 8912 8913 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteReturned 8914 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAValueConstantRange, 8915 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8916 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8917 /* IntroduceCallBaseContext */ true> { 8918 AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8919 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAValueConstantRange, 8920 AAValueConstantRangeImpl, 8921 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::StateType, 8922 /* IntroduceCallBaseContext */ true>(IRP, 8923 A) { 8924 } 8925 8926 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 8927 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8928 // If it is a load instruction with range metadata, use the metadata. 8929 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&getAssociatedValue())) 8930 if (auto *RangeMD = CI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range)) 8931 intersectKnown(getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*RangeMD)); 8932 8933 AAValueConstantRangeImpl::initialize(A); 8934 } 8935 8936 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8937 void trackStatistics() const override { 8938 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(value_range) 8939 } 8940 }; 8941 struct AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteArgument : AAValueConstantRangeFloating { 8942 AAValueConstantRangeCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8943 : AAValueConstantRangeFloating(IRP, A) {} 8944 8945 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest() 8946 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 8947 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 8948 } 8949 8950 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 8951 void trackStatistics() const override { 8952 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(value_range) 8953 } 8954 }; 8955 } // namespace 8956 8957 /// ------------------ Potential Values Attribute ------------------------- 8958 8959 namespace { 8960 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl : AAPotentialConstantValues { 8961 using StateType = PotentialConstantIntValuesState; 8962 8963 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8964 : AAPotentialConstantValues(IRP, A) {} 8965 8966 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8967 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 8968 if (A.hasSimplificationCallback(getIRPosition())) 8969 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8970 else 8971 AAPotentialConstantValues::initialize(A); 8972 } 8973 8974 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 8975 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 8976 std::string Str; 8977 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Str); 8978 OS << getState(); 8979 return OS.str(); 8980 } 8981 8982 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 8983 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 8984 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 8985 } 8986 }; 8987 8988 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesArgument final 8989 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAPotentialConstantValues, 8990 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl, 8991 PotentialConstantIntValuesState> { 8992 using Base = AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AAPotentialConstantValues, 8993 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl, 8994 PotentialConstantIntValuesState>; 8995 AAPotentialConstantValuesArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 8996 : Base(IRP, A) {} 8997 8998 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 8999 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9000 if (!getAnchorScope() || getAnchorScope()->isDeclaration()) { 9001 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9002 } else { 9003 Base::initialize(A); 9004 } 9005 } 9006 9007 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9008 void trackStatistics() const override { 9009 STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(potential_values) 9010 } 9011 }; 9012 9013 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesReturned 9014 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAPotentialConstantValues, 9015 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl> { 9016 using Base = AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AAPotentialConstantValues, 9017 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl>; 9018 AAPotentialConstantValuesReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9019 : Base(IRP, A) {} 9020 9021 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9022 void trackStatistics() const override { 9023 STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(potential_values) 9024 } 9025 }; 9026 9027 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl { 9028 AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9029 : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9030 9031 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 9032 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9033 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl::initialize(A); 9034 if (isAtFixpoint()) 9035 return; 9036 9037 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9038 9039 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 9040 unionAssumed(C->getValue()); 9041 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9042 return; 9043 } 9044 9045 if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) { 9046 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9047 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9048 return; 9049 } 9050 9051 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(&V) || isa<ICmpInst>(&V) || isa<CastInst>(&V)) 9052 return; 9053 9054 if (isa<SelectInst>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V) || isa<LoadInst>(V)) 9055 return; 9056 9057 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9058 9059 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AAPotentialConstantValues] We give up: " 9060 << getAssociatedValue() << "\n"); 9061 } 9062 9063 static bool calculateICmpInst(const ICmpInst *ICI, const APInt &LHS, 9064 const APInt &RHS) { 9065 return ICmpInst::compare(LHS, RHS, ICI->getPredicate()); 9066 } 9067 9068 static APInt calculateCastInst(const CastInst *CI, const APInt &Src, 9069 uint32_t ResultBitWidth) { 9070 Instruction::CastOps CastOp = CI->getOpcode(); 9071 switch (CastOp) { 9072 default: 9073 llvm_unreachable("unsupported or not integer cast"); 9074 case Instruction::Trunc: 9075 return Src.trunc(ResultBitWidth); 9076 case Instruction::SExt: 9077 return Src.sext(ResultBitWidth); 9078 case Instruction::ZExt: 9079 return Src.zext(ResultBitWidth); 9080 case Instruction::BitCast: 9081 return Src; 9082 } 9083 } 9084 9085 static APInt calculateBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *BinOp, 9086 const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, 9087 bool &SkipOperation, bool &Unsupported) { 9088 Instruction::BinaryOps BinOpcode = BinOp->getOpcode(); 9089 // Unsupported is set to true when the binary operator is not supported. 9090 // SkipOperation is set to true when UB occur with the given operand pair 9091 // (LHS, RHS). 9092 // TODO: we should look at nsw and nuw keywords to handle operations 9093 // that create poison or undef value. 9094 switch (BinOpcode) { 9095 default: 9096 Unsupported = true; 9097 return LHS; 9098 case Instruction::Add: 9099 return LHS + RHS; 9100 case Instruction::Sub: 9101 return LHS - RHS; 9102 case Instruction::Mul: 9103 return LHS * RHS; 9104 case Instruction::UDiv: 9105 if (RHS.isZero()) { 9106 SkipOperation = true; 9107 return LHS; 9108 } 9109 return LHS.udiv(RHS); 9110 case Instruction::SDiv: 9111 if (RHS.isZero()) { 9112 SkipOperation = true; 9113 return LHS; 9114 } 9115 return LHS.sdiv(RHS); 9116 case Instruction::URem: 9117 if (RHS.isZero()) { 9118 SkipOperation = true; 9119 return LHS; 9120 } 9121 return LHS.urem(RHS); 9122 case Instruction::SRem: 9123 if (RHS.isZero()) { 9124 SkipOperation = true; 9125 return LHS; 9126 } 9127 return LHS.srem(RHS); 9128 case Instruction::Shl: 9129 return LHS.shl(RHS); 9130 case Instruction::LShr: 9131 return LHS.lshr(RHS); 9132 case Instruction::AShr: 9133 return LHS.ashr(RHS); 9134 case Instruction::And: 9135 return LHS & RHS; 9136 case Instruction::Or: 9137 return LHS | RHS; 9138 case Instruction::Xor: 9139 return LHS ^ RHS; 9140 } 9141 } 9142 9143 bool calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(const BinaryOperator *BinOp, 9144 const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) { 9145 bool SkipOperation = false; 9146 bool Unsupported = false; 9147 APInt Result = 9148 calculateBinaryOperator(BinOp, LHS, RHS, SkipOperation, Unsupported); 9149 if (Unsupported) 9150 return false; 9151 // If SkipOperation is true, we can ignore this operand pair (L, R). 9152 if (!SkipOperation) 9153 unionAssumed(Result); 9154 return isValidState(); 9155 } 9156 9157 ChangeStatus updateWithICmpInst(Attributor &A, ICmpInst *ICI) { 9158 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9159 Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); 9160 Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); 9161 9162 // Simplify the operands first. 9163 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9164 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 9165 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 9166 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9167 if (!SimplifiedLHS) 9168 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9169 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 9170 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9171 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 9172 9173 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 9174 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 9175 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9176 if (!SimplifiedRHS) 9177 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9178 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 9179 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9180 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 9181 9182 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 9183 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9184 9185 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9186 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9187 if (!LHSAA.isValidState()) 9188 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9189 9190 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9191 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9192 if (!RHSAA.isValidState()) 9193 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9194 9195 const SetTy &LHSAAPVS = LHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 9196 const SetTy &RHSAAPVS = RHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 9197 9198 // TODO: make use of undef flag to limit potential values aggressively. 9199 bool MaybeTrue = false, MaybeFalse = false; 9200 const APInt Zero(RHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(), 0); 9201 if (LHSAA.undefIsContained() && RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 9202 // The result of any comparison between undefs can be soundly replaced 9203 // with undef. 9204 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9205 } else if (LHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 9206 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 9207 bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, Zero, R); 9208 MaybeTrue |= CmpResult; 9209 MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult; 9210 if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse) 9211 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9212 } 9213 } else if (RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 9214 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 9215 bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, L, Zero); 9216 MaybeTrue |= CmpResult; 9217 MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult; 9218 if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse) 9219 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9220 } 9221 } else { 9222 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 9223 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 9224 bool CmpResult = calculateICmpInst(ICI, L, R); 9225 MaybeTrue |= CmpResult; 9226 MaybeFalse |= !CmpResult; 9227 if (MaybeTrue & MaybeFalse) 9228 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9229 } 9230 } 9231 } 9232 if (MaybeTrue) 9233 unionAssumed(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 1)); 9234 if (MaybeFalse) 9235 unionAssumed(APInt(/* numBits */ 1, /* val */ 0)); 9236 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9237 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9238 } 9239 9240 ChangeStatus updateWithSelectInst(Attributor &A, SelectInst *SI) { 9241 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9242 Value *LHS = SI->getTrueValue(); 9243 Value *RHS = SI->getFalseValue(); 9244 9245 // Simplify the operands first. 9246 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9247 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 9248 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 9249 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9250 if (!SimplifiedLHS) 9251 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9252 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 9253 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9254 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 9255 9256 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 9257 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 9258 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9259 if (!SimplifiedRHS) 9260 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9261 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 9262 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9263 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 9264 9265 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 9266 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9267 9268 Optional<Constant *> C = A.getAssumedConstant(*SI->getCondition(), *this, 9269 UsedAssumedInformation); 9270 9271 // Check if we only need one operand. 9272 bool OnlyLeft = false, OnlyRight = false; 9273 if (C && *C && (*C)->isOneValue()) 9274 OnlyLeft = true; 9275 else if (C && *C && (*C)->isZeroValue()) 9276 OnlyRight = true; 9277 9278 const AAPotentialConstantValues *LHSAA = nullptr, *RHSAA = nullptr; 9279 if (!OnlyRight) { 9280 LHSAA = &A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9281 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9282 if (!LHSAA->isValidState()) 9283 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9284 } 9285 if (!OnlyLeft) { 9286 RHSAA = &A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9287 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9288 if (!RHSAA->isValidState()) 9289 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9290 } 9291 9292 if (!LHSAA || !RHSAA) { 9293 // select (true/false), lhs, rhs 9294 auto *OpAA = LHSAA ? LHSAA : RHSAA; 9295 9296 if (OpAA->undefIsContained()) 9297 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9298 else 9299 unionAssumed(*OpAA); 9300 9301 } else if (LHSAA->undefIsContained() && RHSAA->undefIsContained()) { 9302 // select i1 *, undef , undef => undef 9303 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9304 } else { 9305 unionAssumed(*LHSAA); 9306 unionAssumed(*RHSAA); 9307 } 9308 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9309 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9310 } 9311 9312 ChangeStatus updateWithCastInst(Attributor &A, CastInst *CI) { 9313 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9314 if (!CI->isIntegerCast()) 9315 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9316 assert(CI->getNumOperands() == 1 && "Expected cast to be unary!"); 9317 uint32_t ResultBitWidth = CI->getDestTy()->getIntegerBitWidth(); 9318 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0); 9319 9320 // Simplify the operand first. 9321 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9322 const auto &SimplifiedSrc = 9323 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*Src, getCallBaseContext()), 9324 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9325 if (!SimplifiedSrc) 9326 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9327 if (!SimplifiedSrc.getValue()) 9328 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9329 Src = *SimplifiedSrc; 9330 9331 auto &SrcAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9332 *this, IRPosition::value(*Src), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9333 if (!SrcAA.isValidState()) 9334 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9335 const SetTy &SrcAAPVS = SrcAA.getAssumedSet(); 9336 if (SrcAA.undefIsContained()) 9337 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9338 else { 9339 for (const APInt &S : SrcAAPVS) { 9340 APInt T = calculateCastInst(CI, S, ResultBitWidth); 9341 unionAssumed(T); 9342 } 9343 } 9344 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9345 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9346 } 9347 9348 ChangeStatus updateWithBinaryOperator(Attributor &A, BinaryOperator *BinOp) { 9349 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9350 Value *LHS = BinOp->getOperand(0); 9351 Value *RHS = BinOp->getOperand(1); 9352 9353 // Simplify the operands first. 9354 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9355 const auto &SimplifiedLHS = 9356 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*LHS, getCallBaseContext()), 9357 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9358 if (!SimplifiedLHS) 9359 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9360 if (!SimplifiedLHS.getValue()) 9361 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9362 LHS = *SimplifiedLHS; 9363 9364 const auto &SimplifiedRHS = 9365 A.getAssumedSimplified(IRPosition::value(*RHS, getCallBaseContext()), 9366 *this, UsedAssumedInformation); 9367 if (!SimplifiedRHS) 9368 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9369 if (!SimplifiedRHS.getValue()) 9370 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9371 RHS = *SimplifiedRHS; 9372 9373 if (!LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy() || !RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy()) 9374 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9375 9376 auto &LHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9377 *this, IRPosition::value(*LHS), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9378 if (!LHSAA.isValidState()) 9379 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9380 9381 auto &RHSAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9382 *this, IRPosition::value(*RHS), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9383 if (!RHSAA.isValidState()) 9384 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9385 9386 const SetTy &LHSAAPVS = LHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 9387 const SetTy &RHSAAPVS = RHSAA.getAssumedSet(); 9388 const APInt Zero = APInt(LHS->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth(), 0); 9389 9390 // TODO: make use of undef flag to limit potential values aggressively. 9391 if (LHSAA.undefIsContained() && RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 9392 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, Zero, Zero)) 9393 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9394 } else if (LHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 9395 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 9396 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, Zero, R)) 9397 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9398 } 9399 } else if (RHSAA.undefIsContained()) { 9400 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 9401 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, L, Zero)) 9402 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9403 } 9404 } else { 9405 for (const APInt &L : LHSAAPVS) { 9406 for (const APInt &R : RHSAAPVS) { 9407 if (!calculateBinaryOperatorAndTakeUnion(BinOp, L, R)) 9408 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9409 } 9410 } 9411 } 9412 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9413 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9414 } 9415 9416 ChangeStatus updateWithPHINode(Attributor &A, PHINode *PHI) { 9417 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9418 for (unsigned u = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); u < e; u++) { 9419 Value *IncomingValue = PHI->getIncomingValue(u); 9420 9421 // Simplify the operand first. 9422 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9423 const auto &SimplifiedIncomingValue = A.getAssumedSimplified( 9424 IRPosition::value(*IncomingValue, getCallBaseContext()), *this, 9425 UsedAssumedInformation); 9426 if (!SimplifiedIncomingValue) 9427 continue; 9428 if (!SimplifiedIncomingValue.getValue()) 9429 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9430 IncomingValue = *SimplifiedIncomingValue; 9431 9432 auto &PotentialValuesAA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9433 *this, IRPosition::value(*IncomingValue), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9434 if (!PotentialValuesAA.isValidState()) 9435 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9436 if (PotentialValuesAA.undefIsContained()) 9437 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9438 else 9439 unionAssumed(PotentialValuesAA.getAssumed()); 9440 } 9441 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9442 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9443 } 9444 9445 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9446 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9447 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9448 Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&V); 9449 9450 if (auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I)) 9451 return updateWithICmpInst(A, ICI); 9452 9453 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I)) 9454 return updateWithSelectInst(A, SI); 9455 9456 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) 9457 return updateWithCastInst(A, CI); 9458 9459 if (auto *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) 9460 return updateWithBinaryOperator(A, BinOp); 9461 9462 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) 9463 return updateWithPHINode(A, PHI); 9464 9465 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9466 } 9467 9468 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9469 void trackStatistics() const override { 9470 STATS_DECLTRACK_FLOATING_ATTR(potential_values) 9471 } 9472 }; 9473 9474 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl { 9475 AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9476 : AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9477 9478 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9479 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9480 llvm_unreachable( 9481 "AAPotentialConstantValues(Function|CallSite)::updateImpl will " 9482 "not be called"); 9483 } 9484 9485 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9486 void trackStatistics() const override { 9487 STATS_DECLTRACK_FN_ATTR(potential_values) 9488 } 9489 }; 9490 9491 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSite : AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction { 9492 AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9493 : AAPotentialConstantValuesFunction(IRP, A) {} 9494 9495 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9496 void trackStatistics() const override { 9497 STATS_DECLTRACK_CS_ATTR(potential_values) 9498 } 9499 }; 9500 9501 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteReturned 9502 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAPotentialConstantValues, 9503 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl> { 9504 AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, 9505 Attributor &A) 9506 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AAPotentialConstantValues, 9507 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9508 9509 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9510 void trackStatistics() const override { 9511 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(potential_values) 9512 } 9513 }; 9514 9515 struct AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteArgument 9516 : AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating { 9517 AAPotentialConstantValuesCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, 9518 Attributor &A) 9519 : AAPotentialConstantValuesFloating(IRP, A) {} 9520 9521 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(..). 9522 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9523 AAPotentialConstantValuesImpl::initialize(A); 9524 if (isAtFixpoint()) 9525 return; 9526 9527 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9528 9529 if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(&V)) { 9530 unionAssumed(C->getValue()); 9531 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9532 return; 9533 } 9534 9535 if (isa<UndefValue>(&V)) { 9536 unionAssumedWithUndef(); 9537 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9538 return; 9539 } 9540 } 9541 9542 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9543 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9544 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9545 auto AssumedBefore = getAssumed(); 9546 auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AAPotentialConstantValues>( 9547 *this, IRPosition::value(V), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9548 const auto &S = AA.getAssumed(); 9549 unionAssumed(S); 9550 return AssumedBefore == getAssumed() ? ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED 9551 : ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9552 } 9553 9554 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9555 void trackStatistics() const override { 9556 STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(potential_values) 9557 } 9558 }; 9559 9560 /// ------------------------ NoUndef Attribute --------------------------------- 9561 struct AANoUndefImpl : AANoUndef { 9562 AANoUndefImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AANoUndef(IRP, A) {} 9563 9564 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9565 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9566 if (getIRPosition().hasAttr({Attribute::NoUndef})) { 9567 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9568 return; 9569 } 9570 Value &V = getAssociatedValue(); 9571 if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) 9572 indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9573 else if (isa<FreezeInst>(V)) 9574 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9575 else if (getPositionKind() != IRPosition::IRP_RETURNED && 9576 isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(&V)) 9577 indicateOptimisticFixpoint(); 9578 else 9579 AANoUndef::initialize(A); 9580 } 9581 9582 /// See followUsesInMBEC 9583 bool followUseInMBEC(Attributor &A, const Use *U, const Instruction *I, 9584 AANoUndef::StateType &State) { 9585 const Value *UseV = U->get(); 9586 const DominatorTree *DT = nullptr; 9587 AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr; 9588 InformationCache &InfoCache = A.getInfoCache(); 9589 if (Function *F = getAnchorScope()) { 9590 DT = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(*F); 9591 AC = InfoCache.getAnalysisResultForFunction<AssumptionAnalysis>(*F); 9592 } 9593 State.setKnown(isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(UseV, AC, I, DT)); 9594 bool TrackUse = false; 9595 // Track use for instructions which must produce undef or poison bits when 9596 // at least one operand contains such bits. 9597 if (isa<CastInst>(*I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(*I)) 9598 TrackUse = true; 9599 return TrackUse; 9600 } 9601 9602 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr(). 9603 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 9604 return getAssumed() ? "noundef" : "may-undef-or-poison"; 9605 } 9606 9607 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 9608 // We don't manifest noundef attribute for dead positions because the 9609 // associated values with dead positions would be replaced with undef 9610 // values. 9611 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9612 if (A.isAssumedDead(getIRPosition(), nullptr, nullptr, 9613 UsedAssumedInformation)) 9614 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9615 // A position whose simplified value does not have any value is 9616 // considered to be dead. We don't manifest noundef in such positions for 9617 // the same reason above. 9618 if (!A.getAssumedSimplified(getIRPosition(), *this, UsedAssumedInformation) 9619 .has_value()) 9620 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9621 return AANoUndef::manifest(A); 9622 } 9623 }; 9624 9625 struct AANoUndefFloating : public AANoUndefImpl { 9626 AANoUndefFloating(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9627 : AANoUndefImpl(IRP, A) {} 9628 9629 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 9630 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 9631 AANoUndefImpl::initialize(A); 9632 if (!getState().isAtFixpoint()) 9633 if (Instruction *CtxI = getCtxI()) 9634 followUsesInMBEC(*this, A, getState(), *CtxI); 9635 } 9636 9637 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9638 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9639 auto VisitValueCB = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, 9640 AANoUndef::StateType &T, bool Stripped) -> bool { 9641 const auto &AA = A.getAAFor<AANoUndef>(*this, IRPosition::value(V), 9642 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9643 if (!Stripped && this == &AA) { 9644 T.indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9645 } else { 9646 const AANoUndef::StateType &S = 9647 static_cast<const AANoUndef::StateType &>(AA.getState()); 9648 T ^= S; 9649 } 9650 return T.isValidState(); 9651 }; 9652 9653 StateType T; 9654 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9655 if (!genericValueTraversal<StateType>(A, getIRPosition(), *this, T, 9656 VisitValueCB, getCtxI(), 9657 UsedAssumedInformation)) 9658 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 9659 9660 return clampStateAndIndicateChange(getState(), T); 9661 } 9662 9663 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9664 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noundef) } 9665 }; 9666 9667 struct AANoUndefReturned final 9668 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> { 9669 AANoUndefReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9670 : AAReturnedFromReturnedValues<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9671 9672 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9673 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_FNRET_ATTR(noundef) } 9674 }; 9675 9676 struct AANoUndefArgument final 9677 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> { 9678 AANoUndefArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9679 : AAArgumentFromCallSiteArguments<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9680 9681 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9682 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_ARG_ATTR(noundef) } 9683 }; 9684 9685 struct AANoUndefCallSiteArgument final : AANoUndefFloating { 9686 AANoUndefCallSiteArgument(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9687 : AANoUndefFloating(IRP, A) {} 9688 9689 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9690 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSARG_ATTR(noundef) } 9691 }; 9692 9693 struct AANoUndefCallSiteReturned final 9694 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl> { 9695 AANoUndefCallSiteReturned(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9696 : AACallSiteReturnedFromReturned<AANoUndef, AANoUndefImpl>(IRP, A) {} 9697 9698 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 9699 void trackStatistics() const override { STATS_DECLTRACK_CSRET_ATTR(noundef) } 9700 }; 9701 9702 struct AACallEdgesImpl : public AACallEdges { 9703 AACallEdgesImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) : AACallEdges(IRP, A) {} 9704 9705 virtual const SetVector<Function *> &getOptimisticEdges() const override { 9706 return CalledFunctions; 9707 } 9708 9709 virtual bool hasUnknownCallee() const override { return HasUnknownCallee; } 9710 9711 virtual bool hasNonAsmUnknownCallee() const override { 9712 return HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm; 9713 } 9714 9715 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 9716 return "CallEdges[" + std::to_string(HasUnknownCallee) + "," + 9717 std::to_string(CalledFunctions.size()) + "]"; 9718 } 9719 9720 void trackStatistics() const override {} 9721 9722 protected: 9723 void addCalledFunction(Function *Fn, ChangeStatus &Change) { 9724 if (CalledFunctions.insert(Fn)) { 9725 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9726 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AACallEdges] New call edge: " << Fn->getName() 9727 << "\n"); 9728 } 9729 } 9730 9731 void setHasUnknownCallee(bool NonAsm, ChangeStatus &Change) { 9732 if (!HasUnknownCallee) 9733 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9734 if (NonAsm && !HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm) 9735 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9736 HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm |= NonAsm; 9737 HasUnknownCallee = true; 9738 } 9739 9740 private: 9741 /// Optimistic set of functions that might be called by this position. 9742 SetVector<Function *> CalledFunctions; 9743 9744 /// Is there any call with a unknown callee. 9745 bool HasUnknownCallee = false; 9746 9747 /// Is there any call with a unknown callee, excluding any inline asm. 9748 bool HasUnknownCalleeNonAsm = false; 9749 }; 9750 9751 struct AACallEdgesCallSite : public AACallEdgesImpl { 9752 AACallEdgesCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9753 : AACallEdgesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9754 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9755 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9756 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9757 9758 auto VisitValue = [&](Value &V, const Instruction *CtxI, bool &HasUnknown, 9759 bool Stripped) -> bool { 9760 if (Function *Fn = dyn_cast<Function>(&V)) { 9761 addCalledFunction(Fn, Change); 9762 } else { 9763 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "[AACallEdges] Unrecognized value: " << V << "\n"); 9764 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9765 } 9766 9767 // Explore all values. 9768 return true; 9769 }; 9770 9771 // Process any value that we might call. 9772 auto ProcessCalledOperand = [&](Value *V) { 9773 bool DummyValue = false; 9774 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9775 if (!genericValueTraversal<bool>(A, IRPosition::value(*V), *this, 9776 DummyValue, VisitValue, nullptr, 9777 UsedAssumedInformation, false)) { 9778 // If we haven't gone through all values, assume that there are unknown 9779 // callees. 9780 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9781 } 9782 }; 9783 9784 CallBase *CB = cast<CallBase>(getCtxI()); 9785 9786 if (CB->isInlineAsm()) { 9787 if (!hasAssumption(*CB->getCaller(), "ompx_no_call_asm") && 9788 !hasAssumption(*CB, "ompx_no_call_asm")) 9789 setHasUnknownCallee(false, Change); 9790 return Change; 9791 } 9792 9793 // Process callee metadata if available. 9794 if (auto *MD = getCtxI()->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_callees)) { 9795 for (auto &Op : MD->operands()) { 9796 Function *Callee = mdconst::dyn_extract_or_null<Function>(Op); 9797 if (Callee) 9798 addCalledFunction(Callee, Change); 9799 } 9800 return Change; 9801 } 9802 9803 // The most simple case. 9804 ProcessCalledOperand(CB->getCalledOperand()); 9805 9806 // Process callback functions. 9807 SmallVector<const Use *, 4u> CallbackUses; 9808 AbstractCallSite::getCallbackUses(*CB, CallbackUses); 9809 for (const Use *U : CallbackUses) 9810 ProcessCalledOperand(U->get()); 9811 9812 return Change; 9813 } 9814 }; 9815 9816 struct AACallEdgesFunction : public AACallEdgesImpl { 9817 AACallEdgesFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9818 : AACallEdgesImpl(IRP, A) {} 9819 9820 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 9821 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 9822 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9823 9824 auto ProcessCallInst = [&](Instruction &Inst) { 9825 CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(Inst); 9826 9827 auto &CBEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 9828 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9829 if (CBEdges.hasNonAsmUnknownCallee()) 9830 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9831 if (CBEdges.hasUnknownCallee()) 9832 setHasUnknownCallee(false, Change); 9833 9834 for (Function *F : CBEdges.getOptimisticEdges()) 9835 addCalledFunction(F, Change); 9836 9837 return true; 9838 }; 9839 9840 // Visit all callable instructions. 9841 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9842 if (!A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(ProcessCallInst, *this, 9843 UsedAssumedInformation, 9844 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true)) { 9845 // If we haven't looked at all call like instructions, assume that there 9846 // are unknown callees. 9847 setHasUnknownCallee(true, Change); 9848 } 9849 9850 return Change; 9851 } 9852 }; 9853 9854 struct AAFunctionReachabilityFunction : public AAFunctionReachability { 9855 private: 9856 struct QuerySet { 9857 void markReachable(const Function &Fn) { 9858 Reachable.insert(&Fn); 9859 Unreachable.erase(&Fn); 9860 } 9861 9862 /// If there is no information about the function None is returned. 9863 Optional<bool> isCachedReachable(const Function &Fn) { 9864 // Assume that we can reach the function. 9865 // TODO: Be more specific with the unknown callee. 9866 if (CanReachUnknownCallee) 9867 return true; 9868 9869 if (Reachable.count(&Fn)) 9870 return true; 9871 9872 if (Unreachable.count(&Fn)) 9873 return false; 9874 9875 return llvm::None; 9876 } 9877 9878 /// Set of functions that we know for sure is reachable. 9879 DenseSet<const Function *> Reachable; 9880 9881 /// Set of functions that are unreachable, but might become reachable. 9882 DenseSet<const Function *> Unreachable; 9883 9884 /// If we can reach a function with a call to a unknown function we assume 9885 /// that we can reach any function. 9886 bool CanReachUnknownCallee = false; 9887 }; 9888 9889 struct QueryResolver : public QuerySet { 9890 ChangeStatus update(Attributor &A, const AAFunctionReachability &AA, 9891 ArrayRef<const AACallEdges *> AAEdgesList) { 9892 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 9893 9894 for (auto *AAEdges : AAEdgesList) { 9895 if (AAEdges->hasUnknownCallee()) { 9896 if (!CanReachUnknownCallee) 9897 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9898 CanReachUnknownCallee = true; 9899 return Change; 9900 } 9901 } 9902 9903 for (const Function *Fn : make_early_inc_range(Unreachable)) { 9904 if (checkIfReachable(A, AA, AAEdgesList, *Fn)) { 9905 Change = ChangeStatus::CHANGED; 9906 markReachable(*Fn); 9907 } 9908 } 9909 return Change; 9910 } 9911 9912 bool isReachable(Attributor &A, AAFunctionReachability &AA, 9913 ArrayRef<const AACallEdges *> AAEdgesList, 9914 const Function &Fn) { 9915 Optional<bool> Cached = isCachedReachable(Fn); 9916 if (Cached) 9917 return Cached.getValue(); 9918 9919 // The query was not cached, thus it is new. We need to request an update 9920 // explicitly to make sure this the information is properly run to a 9921 // fixpoint. 9922 A.registerForUpdate(AA); 9923 9924 // We need to assume that this function can't reach Fn to prevent 9925 // an infinite loop if this function is recursive. 9926 Unreachable.insert(&Fn); 9927 9928 bool Result = checkIfReachable(A, AA, AAEdgesList, Fn); 9929 if (Result) 9930 markReachable(Fn); 9931 return Result; 9932 } 9933 9934 bool checkIfReachable(Attributor &A, const AAFunctionReachability &AA, 9935 ArrayRef<const AACallEdges *> AAEdgesList, 9936 const Function &Fn) const { 9937 9938 // Handle the most trivial case first. 9939 for (auto *AAEdges : AAEdgesList) { 9940 const SetVector<Function *> &Edges = AAEdges->getOptimisticEdges(); 9941 9942 if (Edges.count(const_cast<Function *>(&Fn))) 9943 return true; 9944 } 9945 9946 SmallVector<const AAFunctionReachability *, 8> Deps; 9947 for (auto &AAEdges : AAEdgesList) { 9948 const SetVector<Function *> &Edges = AAEdges->getOptimisticEdges(); 9949 9950 for (Function *Edge : Edges) { 9951 // Functions that do not call back into the module can be ignored. 9952 if (Edge->hasFnAttribute(Attribute::NoCallback)) 9953 continue; 9954 9955 // We don't need a dependency if the result is reachable. 9956 const AAFunctionReachability &EdgeReachability = 9957 A.getAAFor<AAFunctionReachability>( 9958 AA, IRPosition::function(*Edge), DepClassTy::NONE); 9959 Deps.push_back(&EdgeReachability); 9960 9961 if (EdgeReachability.canReach(A, Fn)) 9962 return true; 9963 } 9964 } 9965 9966 // The result is false for now, set dependencies and leave. 9967 for (auto *Dep : Deps) 9968 A.recordDependence(*Dep, AA, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9969 9970 return false; 9971 } 9972 }; 9973 9974 /// Get call edges that can be reached by this instruction. 9975 bool getReachableCallEdges(Attributor &A, const AAReachability &Reachability, 9976 const Instruction &Inst, 9977 SmallVector<const AACallEdges *> &Result) const { 9978 // Determine call like instructions that we can reach from the inst. 9979 auto CheckCallBase = [&](Instruction &CBInst) { 9980 if (!Reachability.isAssumedReachable(A, Inst, CBInst)) 9981 return true; 9982 9983 auto &CB = cast<CallBase>(CBInst); 9984 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 9985 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 9986 9987 Result.push_back(&AAEdges); 9988 return true; 9989 }; 9990 9991 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 9992 return A.checkForAllCallLikeInstructions(CheckCallBase, *this, 9993 UsedAssumedInformation, 9994 /* CheckBBLivenessOnly */ true); 9995 } 9996 9997 public: 9998 AAFunctionReachabilityFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 9999 : AAFunctionReachability(IRP, A) {} 10000 10001 bool canReach(Attributor &A, const Function &Fn) const override { 10002 if (!isValidState()) 10003 return true; 10004 10005 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = 10006 A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10007 10008 // Attributor returns attributes as const, so this function has to be 10009 // const for users of this attribute to use it without having to do 10010 // a const_cast. 10011 // This is a hack for us to be able to cache queries. 10012 auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAFunctionReachabilityFunction *>(this); 10013 bool Result = NonConstThis->WholeFunction.isReachable(A, *NonConstThis, 10014 {&AAEdges}, Fn); 10015 10016 return Result; 10017 } 10018 10019 /// Can \p CB reach \p Fn 10020 bool canReach(Attributor &A, CallBase &CB, 10021 const Function &Fn) const override { 10022 if (!isValidState()) 10023 return true; 10024 10025 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 10026 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(CB), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10027 10028 // Attributor returns attributes as const, so this function has to be 10029 // const for users of this attribute to use it without having to do 10030 // a const_cast. 10031 // This is a hack for us to be able to cache queries. 10032 auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAFunctionReachabilityFunction *>(this); 10033 QueryResolver &CBQuery = NonConstThis->CBQueries[&CB]; 10034 10035 bool Result = CBQuery.isReachable(A, *NonConstThis, {&AAEdges}, Fn); 10036 10037 return Result; 10038 } 10039 10040 bool instructionCanReach(Attributor &A, const Instruction &Inst, 10041 const Function &Fn, 10042 bool UseBackwards) const override { 10043 if (!isValidState()) 10044 return true; 10045 10046 if (UseBackwards) 10047 return AA::isPotentiallyReachable(A, Inst, Fn, *this, nullptr); 10048 10049 const auto &Reachability = A.getAAFor<AAReachability>( 10050 *this, IRPosition::function(*getAssociatedFunction()), 10051 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10052 10053 SmallVector<const AACallEdges *> CallEdges; 10054 bool AllKnown = getReachableCallEdges(A, Reachability, Inst, CallEdges); 10055 // Attributor returns attributes as const, so this function has to be 10056 // const for users of this attribute to use it without having to do 10057 // a const_cast. 10058 // This is a hack for us to be able to cache queries. 10059 auto *NonConstThis = const_cast<AAFunctionReachabilityFunction *>(this); 10060 QueryResolver &InstQSet = NonConstThis->InstQueries[&Inst]; 10061 if (!AllKnown) 10062 InstQSet.CanReachUnknownCallee = true; 10063 10064 return InstQSet.isReachable(A, *NonConstThis, CallEdges, Fn); 10065 } 10066 10067 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 10068 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 10069 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = 10070 A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>(*this, getIRPosition(), DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10071 ChangeStatus Change = ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10072 10073 Change |= WholeFunction.update(A, *this, {&AAEdges}); 10074 10075 for (auto &CBPair : CBQueries) { 10076 const AACallEdges &AAEdges = A.getAAFor<AACallEdges>( 10077 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*CBPair.first), 10078 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10079 10080 Change |= CBPair.second.update(A, *this, {&AAEdges}); 10081 } 10082 10083 // Update the Instruction queries. 10084 if (!InstQueries.empty()) { 10085 const AAReachability *Reachability = &A.getAAFor<AAReachability>( 10086 *this, IRPosition::function(*getAssociatedFunction()), 10087 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10088 10089 // Check for local callbases first. 10090 for (auto &InstPair : InstQueries) { 10091 SmallVector<const AACallEdges *> CallEdges; 10092 bool AllKnown = 10093 getReachableCallEdges(A, *Reachability, *InstPair.first, CallEdges); 10094 // Update will return change if we this effects any queries. 10095 if (!AllKnown) 10096 InstPair.second.CanReachUnknownCallee = true; 10097 Change |= InstPair.second.update(A, *this, CallEdges); 10098 } 10099 } 10100 10101 return Change; 10102 } 10103 10104 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 10105 size_t QueryCount = 10106 WholeFunction.Reachable.size() + WholeFunction.Unreachable.size(); 10107 10108 return "FunctionReachability [" + 10109 std::to_string(WholeFunction.Reachable.size()) + "," + 10110 std::to_string(QueryCount) + "]"; 10111 } 10112 10113 void trackStatistics() const override {} 10114 10115 private: 10116 bool canReachUnknownCallee() const override { 10117 return WholeFunction.CanReachUnknownCallee; 10118 } 10119 10120 /// Used to answer if a the whole function can reacha a specific function. 10121 QueryResolver WholeFunction; 10122 10123 /// Used to answer if a call base inside this function can reach a specific 10124 /// function. 10125 MapVector<const CallBase *, QueryResolver> CBQueries; 10126 10127 /// This is for instruction queries than scan "forward". 10128 MapVector<const Instruction *, QueryResolver> InstQueries; 10129 }; 10130 } // namespace 10131 10132 /// ---------------------- Assumption Propagation ------------------------------ 10133 namespace { 10134 struct AAAssumptionInfoImpl : public AAAssumptionInfo { 10135 AAAssumptionInfoImpl(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A, 10136 const DenseSet<StringRef> &Known) 10137 : AAAssumptionInfo(IRP, A, Known) {} 10138 10139 bool hasAssumption(const StringRef Assumption) const override { 10140 return isValidState() && setContains(Assumption); 10141 } 10142 10143 /// See AbstractAttribute::getAsStr() 10144 const std::string getAsStr() const override { 10145 const SetContents &Known = getKnown(); 10146 const SetContents &Assumed = getAssumed(); 10147 10148 const std::string KnownStr = 10149 llvm::join(Known.getSet().begin(), Known.getSet().end(), ","); 10150 const std::string AssumedStr = 10151 (Assumed.isUniversal()) 10152 ? "Universal" 10153 : llvm::join(Assumed.getSet().begin(), Assumed.getSet().end(), ","); 10154 10155 return "Known [" + KnownStr + "]," + " Assumed [" + AssumedStr + "]"; 10156 } 10157 }; 10158 10159 /// Propagates assumption information from parent functions to all of their 10160 /// successors. An assumption can be propagated if the containing function 10161 /// dominates the called function. 10162 /// 10163 /// We start with a "known" set of assumptions already valid for the associated 10164 /// function and an "assumed" set that initially contains all possible 10165 /// assumptions. The assumed set is inter-procedurally updated by narrowing its 10166 /// contents as concrete values are known. The concrete values are seeded by the 10167 /// first nodes that are either entries into the call graph, or contains no 10168 /// assumptions. Each node is updated as the intersection of the assumed state 10169 /// with all of its predecessors. 10170 struct AAAssumptionInfoFunction final : AAAssumptionInfoImpl { 10171 AAAssumptionInfoFunction(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 10172 : AAAssumptionInfoImpl(IRP, A, 10173 getAssumptions(*IRP.getAssociatedFunction())) {} 10174 10175 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 10176 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 10177 const auto &Assumptions = getKnown(); 10178 10179 // Don't manifest a universal set if it somehow made it here. 10180 if (Assumptions.isUniversal()) 10181 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10182 10183 Function *AssociatedFunction = getAssociatedFunction(); 10184 10185 bool Changed = addAssumptions(*AssociatedFunction, Assumptions.getSet()); 10186 10187 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10188 } 10189 10190 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 10191 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 10192 bool Changed = false; 10193 10194 auto CallSitePred = [&](AbstractCallSite ACS) { 10195 const auto &AssumptionAA = A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>( 10196 *this, IRPosition::callsite_function(*ACS.getInstruction()), 10197 DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10198 // Get the set of assumptions shared by all of this function's callers. 10199 Changed |= getIntersection(AssumptionAA.getAssumed()); 10200 return !getAssumed().empty() || !getKnown().empty(); 10201 }; 10202 10203 bool UsedAssumedInformation = false; 10204 // Get the intersection of all assumptions held by this node's predecessors. 10205 // If we don't know all the call sites then this is either an entry into the 10206 // call graph or an empty node. This node is known to only contain its own 10207 // assumptions and can be propagated to its successors. 10208 if (!A.checkForAllCallSites(CallSitePred, *this, true, 10209 UsedAssumedInformation)) 10210 return indicatePessimisticFixpoint(); 10211 10212 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10213 } 10214 10215 void trackStatistics() const override {} 10216 }; 10217 10218 /// Assumption Info defined for call sites. 10219 struct AAAssumptionInfoCallSite final : AAAssumptionInfoImpl { 10220 10221 AAAssumptionInfoCallSite(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) 10222 : AAAssumptionInfoImpl(IRP, A, getInitialAssumptions(IRP)) {} 10223 10224 /// See AbstractAttribute::initialize(...). 10225 void initialize(Attributor &A) override { 10226 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope()); 10227 A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10228 } 10229 10230 /// See AbstractAttribute::manifest(...). 10231 ChangeStatus manifest(Attributor &A) override { 10232 // Don't manifest a universal set if it somehow made it here. 10233 if (getKnown().isUniversal()) 10234 return ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10235 10236 CallBase &AssociatedCall = cast<CallBase>(getAssociatedValue()); 10237 bool Changed = addAssumptions(AssociatedCall, getAssumed().getSet()); 10238 10239 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10240 } 10241 10242 /// See AbstractAttribute::updateImpl(...). 10243 ChangeStatus updateImpl(Attributor &A) override { 10244 const IRPosition &FnPos = IRPosition::function(*getAnchorScope()); 10245 auto &AssumptionAA = 10246 A.getAAFor<AAAssumptionInfo>(*this, FnPos, DepClassTy::REQUIRED); 10247 bool Changed = getIntersection(AssumptionAA.getAssumed()); 10248 return Changed ? ChangeStatus::CHANGED : ChangeStatus::UNCHANGED; 10249 } 10250 10251 /// See AbstractAttribute::trackStatistics() 10252 void trackStatistics() const override {} 10253 10254 private: 10255 /// Helper to initialized the known set as all the assumptions this call and 10256 /// the callee contain. 10257 DenseSet<StringRef> getInitialAssumptions(const IRPosition &IRP) { 10258 const CallBase &CB = cast<CallBase>(IRP.getAssociatedValue()); 10259 auto Assumptions = getAssumptions(CB); 10260 if (Function *F = IRP.getAssociatedFunction()) 10261 set_union(Assumptions, getAssumptions(*F)); 10262 if (Function *F = IRP.getAssociatedFunction()) 10263 set_union(Assumptions, getAssumptions(*F)); 10264 return Assumptions; 10265 } 10266 }; 10267 } // namespace 10268 10269 AACallGraphNode *AACallEdgeIterator::operator*() const { 10270 return static_cast<AACallGraphNode *>(const_cast<AACallEdges *>( 10271 &A.getOrCreateAAFor<AACallEdges>(IRPosition::function(**I)))); 10272 } 10273 10274 void AttributorCallGraph::print() { llvm::WriteGraph(outs(), this); } 10275 10276 const char AAReturnedValues::ID = 0; 10277 const char AANoUnwind::ID = 0; 10278 const char AANoSync::ID = 0; 10279 const char AANoFree::ID = 0; 10280 const char AANonNull::ID = 0; 10281 const char AANoRecurse::ID = 0; 10282 const char AAWillReturn::ID = 0; 10283 const char AAUndefinedBehavior::ID = 0; 10284 const char AANoAlias::ID = 0; 10285 const char AAReachability::ID = 0; 10286 const char AANoReturn::ID = 0; 10287 const char AAIsDead::ID = 0; 10288 const char AADereferenceable::ID = 0; 10289 const char AAAlign::ID = 0; 10290 const char AAInstanceInfo::ID = 0; 10291 const char AANoCapture::ID = 0; 10292 const char AAValueSimplify::ID = 0; 10293 const char AAHeapToStack::ID = 0; 10294 const char AAPrivatizablePtr::ID = 0; 10295 const char AAMemoryBehavior::ID = 0; 10296 const char AAMemoryLocation::ID = 0; 10297 const char AAValueConstantRange::ID = 0; 10298 const char AAPotentialConstantValues::ID = 0; 10299 const char AANoUndef::ID = 0; 10300 const char AACallEdges::ID = 0; 10301 const char AAFunctionReachability::ID = 0; 10302 const char AAPointerInfo::ID = 0; 10303 const char AAAssumptionInfo::ID = 0; 10304 10305 // Macro magic to create the static generator function for attributes that 10306 // follow the naming scheme. 10307 10308 #define SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, PK, POS_NAME) \ 10309 case IRPosition::PK: \ 10310 llvm_unreachable("Cannot create " #CLASS " for a " POS_NAME " position!"); 10311 10312 #define SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, PK, SUFFIX) \ 10313 case IRPosition::PK: \ 10314 AA = new (A.Allocator) CLASS##SUFFIX(IRP, A); \ 10315 ++NumAAs; \ 10316 break; 10317 10318 #define CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 10319 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 10320 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 10321 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 10322 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 10323 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FLOAT, "floating") \ 10324 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_ARGUMENT, "argument") \ 10325 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned") \ 10326 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, "call site returned") \ 10327 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, "call site argument") \ 10328 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 10329 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite) \ 10330 } \ 10331 return *AA; \ 10332 } 10333 10334 #define CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 10335 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 10336 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 10337 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 10338 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 10339 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FUNCTION, "function") \ 10340 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE, "call site") \ 10341 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating) \ 10342 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument) \ 10343 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_RETURNED, Returned) \ 10344 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned) \ 10345 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument) \ 10346 } \ 10347 return *AA; \ 10348 } 10349 10350 #define CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 10351 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 10352 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 10353 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 10354 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 10355 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 10356 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite) \ 10357 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating) \ 10358 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument) \ 10359 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_RETURNED, Returned) \ 10360 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned) \ 10361 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument) \ 10362 } \ 10363 return *AA; \ 10364 } 10365 10366 #define CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 10367 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 10368 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 10369 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 10370 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 10371 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_ARGUMENT, "argument") \ 10372 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_FLOAT, "floating") \ 10373 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned") \ 10374 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, "call site returned") \ 10375 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, "call site argument") \ 10376 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_CALL_SITE, "call site") \ 10377 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 10378 } \ 10379 return *AA; \ 10380 } 10381 10382 #define CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(CLASS) \ 10383 CLASS &CLASS::createForPosition(const IRPosition &IRP, Attributor &A) { \ 10384 CLASS *AA = nullptr; \ 10385 switch (IRP.getPositionKind()) { \ 10386 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_INVALID, "invalid") \ 10387 SWITCH_PK_INV(CLASS, IRP_RETURNED, "returned") \ 10388 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FUNCTION, Function) \ 10389 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE, CallSite) \ 10390 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_FLOAT, Floating) \ 10391 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_ARGUMENT, Argument) \ 10392 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_RETURNED, CallSiteReturned) \ 10393 SWITCH_PK_CREATE(CLASS, IRP, IRP_CALL_SITE_ARGUMENT, CallSiteArgument) \ 10394 } \ 10395 return *AA; \ 10396 } 10397 10398 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoUnwind) 10399 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoSync) 10400 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoRecurse) 10401 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAWillReturn) 10402 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoReturn) 10403 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAReturnedValues) 10404 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMemoryLocation) 10405 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AACallEdges) 10406 CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAssumptionInfo) 10407 10408 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANonNull) 10409 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoAlias) 10410 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPrivatizablePtr) 10411 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AADereferenceable) 10412 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAAlign) 10413 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAInstanceInfo) 10414 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoCapture) 10415 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAValueConstantRange) 10416 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPotentialConstantValues) 10417 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoUndef) 10418 CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAPointerInfo) 10419 10420 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAValueSimplify) 10421 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAIsDead) 10422 CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AANoFree) 10423 10424 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAHeapToStack) 10425 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAReachability) 10426 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAUndefinedBehavior) 10427 CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAFunctionReachability) 10428 10429 CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION(AAMemoryBehavior) 10430 10431 #undef CREATE_FUNCTION_ONLY_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 10432 #undef CREATE_FUNCTION_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 10433 #undef CREATE_NON_RET_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 10434 #undef CREATE_VALUE_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 10435 #undef CREATE_ALL_ABSTRACT_ATTRIBUTE_FOR_POSITION 10436 #undef SWITCH_PK_CREATE 10437 #undef SWITCH_PK_INV 10438